--- /dev/null
+--- a/gcc/builtins.c
++++ b/gcc/builtins.c
+@@ -11092,7 +11092,7 @@ validate_gimple_arglist (const_gimple ca
+
+ do
+ {
+- code = va_arg (ap, enum tree_code);
++ code = va_arg (ap, int);
+ switch (code)
+ {
+ case 0:
+--- a/gcc/calls.c
++++ b/gcc/calls.c
+@@ -3447,7 +3447,7 @@ emit_library_call_value_1 (int retval, r
+ for (; count < nargs; count++)
+ {
+ rtx val = va_arg (p, rtx);
+- enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, enum machine_mode);
++ enum machine_mode mode = va_arg (p, int);
+
+ /* We cannot convert the arg value to the mode the library wants here;
+ must do it earlier where we know the signedness of the arg. */
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.c
+@@ -0,0 +1,8060 @@
++/*
++ Target hooks and helper functions for AVR32.
++ Copyright 2003,2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009,2010 Atmel Corporation.
++
++ This file is part of GCC.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ (at your option) any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
++ GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++#include "config.h"
++#include "system.h"
++#include "coretypes.h"
++#include "tm.h"
++#include "rtl.h"
++#include "tree.h"
++#include "obstack.h"
++#include "regs.h"
++#include "hard-reg-set.h"
++#include "real.h"
++#include "insn-config.h"
++#include "conditions.h"
++#include "output.h"
++#include "insn-attr.h"
++#include "flags.h"
++#include "reload.h"
++#include "function.h"
++#include "expr.h"
++#include "optabs.h"
++#include "toplev.h"
++#include "recog.h"
++#include "ggc.h"
++#include "except.h"
++#include "c-pragma.h"
++#include "integrate.h"
++#include "tm_p.h"
++#include "langhooks.h"
++#include "hooks.h"
++#include "df.h"
++
++#include "target.h"
++#include "target-def.h"
++
++#include <ctype.h>
++
++
++
++/* Global variables. */
++typedef struct minipool_node Mnode;
++typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix;
++
++/* Obstack for minipool constant handling. */
++static struct obstack minipool_obstack;
++static char *minipool_startobj;
++static rtx minipool_vector_label;
++
++/* True if we are currently building a constant table. */
++int making_const_table;
++
++tree fndecl_attribute_args = NULL_TREE;
++
++
++/* Function prototypes. */
++static unsigned long avr32_isr_value (tree);
++static unsigned long avr32_compute_func_type (void);
++static tree avr32_handle_isr_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
++static tree avr32_handle_acall_attribute (tree *, tree, tree, int, bool *);
++static tree avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree * node, tree name, tree args,
++ int flags, bool * no_add_attrs);
++static void avr32_reorg (void);
++bool avr32_return_in_msb (tree type);
++bool avr32_vector_mode_supported (enum machine_mode mode);
++static void avr32_init_libfuncs (void);
++static void avr32_file_end (void);
++static void flashvault_decl_list_add (unsigned int vector_num, const char *name);
++
++
++
++static void
++avr32_add_gc_roots (void)
++{
++ gcc_obstack_init (&minipool_obstack);
++ minipool_startobj = (char *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, 0);
++}
++
++
++/* List of all known AVR32 parts */
++static const struct part_type_s avr32_part_types[] = {
++ /* name, part_type, architecture type, macro */
++ {"none", PART_TYPE_AVR32_NONE, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32__"},
++ {"ap7000", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7000, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7000__"},
++ {"ap7001", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7001, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7001__"},
++ {"ap7002", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7002, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7002__"},
++ {"ap7200", PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7200, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, "__AVR32_AP7200__"},
++ {"uc3a0128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A0128__"},
++ {"uc3a0256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A0256__"},
++ {"uc3a0512", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0512, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A0512__"},
++ {"uc3a0512es", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0512ES, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3A0512ES__"},
++ {"uc3a1128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A1128__"},
++ {"uc3a1256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A1256__"},
++ {"uc3a1512", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1512, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A1512__"},
++ {"uc3a1512es", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1512ES, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3A1512ES__"},
++ {"uc3a3revd", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3REVD, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2NOMUL, "__AVR32_UC3A3256S__"},
++ {"uc3a364", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A364, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A364__"},
++ {"uc3a364s", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A364S, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A364S__"},
++ {"uc3a3128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A3128__"},
++ {"uc3a3128s", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3128S, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A3128S__"},
++ {"uc3a3256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A3256__"},
++ {"uc3a3256s", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3256S, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A3256S__"},
++ {"uc3a464", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A464, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A464__"},
++ {"uc3a464s", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A464S, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A464S__"},
++ {"uc3a4128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A4128__"},
++ {"uc3a4128s", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4128S, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A4128S__"},
++ {"uc3a4256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A4256__"},
++ {"uc3a4256s", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4256S, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3A4256S__"},
++ {"uc3b064", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B064, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B064__"},
++ {"uc3b0128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B0128__"},
++ {"uc3b0256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B0256__"},
++ {"uc3b0256es", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0256ES, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B0256ES__"},
++ {"uc3b0512", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0512, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3B0512__"},
++ {"uc3b0512revc", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0512REVC, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3B0512REVC__"},
++ {"uc3b164", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B164, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B164__"},
++ {"uc3b1128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B1128__"},
++ {"uc3b1256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B1256__"},
++ {"uc3b1256es", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1256ES, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, "__AVR32_UC3B1256ES__"},
++ {"uc3b1512", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1512, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3B1512__"},
++ {"uc3b1512revc", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1512REVC, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, "__AVR32_UC3B1512REVC__"},
++ {"uc64d3", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64D3, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC64D3__"},
++ {"uc128d3", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128D3, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC128D3__"},
++ {"uc64d4", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64D4, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC64D4__"},
++ {"uc128d4", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128D4, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC128D4__"},
++ {"uc3c0512crevc", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0512CREVC, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3C0512CREVC__"},
++ {"uc3c1512crevc", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1512CREVC, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3C1512CREVC__"},
++ {"uc3c2512crevc", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2512CREVC, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3C2512CREVC__"},
++ {"uc3l0256", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L0256, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3L0256__"},
++ {"uc3l0128", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L0128, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3L0128__"},
++ {"uc3l064", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L064, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3L064__"},
++ {"uc3l032", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L032, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3L032__"},
++ {"uc3l016", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L016, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3L016__"},
++ {"uc3l064revb", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L064REVB, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC3L064REVB__"},
++ {"uc64l3u", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64L3U, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC64L3U__"},
++ {"uc128l3u", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128L3U, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC128L3U__"},
++ {"uc256l3u", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC256L3U, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC256L3U__"},
++ {"uc64l4u", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64L4U, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC64L4U__"},
++ {"uc128l4u", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128L4U, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC128L4U__"},
++ {"uc256l4u", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC256L4U, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_UC256L4U__"},
++ {"uc3c064c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C064C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C064C__"},
++ {"uc3c0128c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0128C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C0128C__"},
++ {"uc3c0256c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0256C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C0256C__"},
++ {"uc3c0512c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0512C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C0512C__"},
++ {"uc3c164c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C164C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C164C__"},
++ {"uc3c1128c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1128C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C1128C__"},
++ {"uc3c1256c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1256C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C1256C__"},
++ {"uc3c1512c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1512C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C1512C__"},
++ {"uc3c264c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C264C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C264C__"},
++ {"uc3c2128c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2128C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C2128C__"},
++ {"uc3c2256c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2256C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C2256C__"},
++ {"uc3c2512c", PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2512C, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, "__AVR32_UC3C2512C__"},
++ {"mxt768e", PART_TYPE_AVR32_MXT768E, ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, "__AVR32_MXT768E__"},
++ {NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
++};
++
++/* List of all known AVR32 architectures */
++static const struct arch_type_s avr32_arch_types[] = {
++ /* name, architecture type, microarchitecture type, feature flags, macro */
++ {"ap", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32B,
++ (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_SIMD
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RETURN_STACK
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_CACHES),
++ "__AVR32_AP__"},
++ {"ucr1", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++ (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW),
++ "__AVR32_UC__=1"},
++ {"ucr2", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++ (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_V2_INSNS),
++ "__AVR32_UC__=2"},
++ {"ucr2nomul", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2NOMUL, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++ (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_V2_INSNS | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_NO_MUL_INSNS),
++ "__AVR32_UC__=2"},
++ {"ucr3", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++ (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_V2_INSNS),
++ "__AVR32_UC__=3"},
++ {"ucr3fp", ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP, UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++ (FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_FPU
++ | FLAG_AVR32_HAS_V2_INSNS),
++ "__AVR32_UC__=3"},
++ {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL}
++};
++
++/* Default arch name */
++const char *avr32_arch_name = "none";
++const char *avr32_part_name = "none";
++
++const struct part_type_s *avr32_part;
++const struct arch_type_s *avr32_arch;
++
++
++/* FIXME: needs to use GC. */
++struct flashvault_decl_list
++{
++ struct flashvault_decl_list *next;
++ unsigned int vector_num;
++ const char *name;
++};
++
++static struct flashvault_decl_list *flashvault_decl_list_head = NULL;
++
++
++/* Set default target_flags. */
++#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
++#define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS \
++ (MASK_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS | MASK_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION | MASK_COND_EXEC_BEFORE_RELOAD)
++
++void
++avr32_optimization_options (int level, int size)
++{
++ if (AVR32_ALWAYS_PIC)
++ flag_pic = 1;
++
++ /* Enable section anchors if optimization is enabled. */
++ if (level > 0 || size)
++ flag_section_anchors = 2;
++}
++
++
++/* Override command line options */
++void
++avr32_override_options (void)
++{
++ const struct part_type_s *part;
++ const struct arch_type_s *arch;
++
++ /*Add backward compability*/
++ if (strcmp ("uc", avr32_arch_name)== 0)
++ {
++ fprintf (stderr, "Warning: Deprecated arch `%s' specified. "
++ "Please use '-march=ucr1' instead. "
++ "Converting to arch 'ucr1'\n",
++ avr32_arch_name);
++ avr32_arch_name="ucr1";
++ }
++
++ /* Check if arch type is set. */
++ for (arch = avr32_arch_types; arch->name; arch++)
++ {
++ if (strcmp (arch->name, avr32_arch_name) == 0)
++ break;
++ }
++ avr32_arch = arch;
++
++ if (!arch->name && strcmp("none", avr32_arch_name) != 0)
++ {
++ fprintf (stderr, "Unknown arch `%s' specified\n"
++ "Known arch names:\n"
++ "\tuc (deprecated)\n",
++ avr32_arch_name);
++ for (arch = avr32_arch_types; arch->name; arch++)
++ fprintf (stderr, "\t%s\n", arch->name);
++ avr32_arch = &avr32_arch_types[ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP];
++ }
++
++ /* Check if part type is set. */
++ for (part = avr32_part_types; part->name; part++)
++ if (strcmp (part->name, avr32_part_name) == 0)
++ break;
++
++ avr32_part = part;
++ if (!part->name)
++ {
++ fprintf (stderr, "Unknown part `%s' specified\nKnown part names:\n",
++ avr32_part_name);
++ for (part = avr32_part_types; part->name; part++)
++ {
++ if (strcmp("none", part->name) != 0)
++ fprintf (stderr, "\t%s\n", part->name);
++ }
++ /* Set default to NONE*/
++ avr32_part = &avr32_part_types[PART_TYPE_AVR32_NONE];
++ }
++
++ /* NB! option -march= overrides option -mpart
++ * if both are used at the same time */
++ if (!arch->name)
++ avr32_arch = &avr32_arch_types[avr32_part->arch_type];
++
++ /* If optimization level is two or greater, then align start of loops to a
++ word boundary since this will allow folding the first insn of the loop.
++ Do this only for targets supporting branch prediction. */
++ if (optimize >= 2 && TARGET_BRANCH_PRED)
++ align_loops = 2;
++
++
++ /* Enable fast-float library if unsafe math optimizations
++ are used. */
++ if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
++ target_flags |= MASK_FAST_FLOAT;
++
++ /* Check if we should set avr32_imm_in_const_pool
++ based on if caches are present or not. */
++ if ( avr32_imm_in_const_pool == -1 )
++ {
++ if ( TARGET_CACHES )
++ avr32_imm_in_const_pool = 1;
++ else
++ avr32_imm_in_const_pool = 0;
++ }
++
++ if (TARGET_NO_PIC)
++ flag_pic = 0;
++ avr32_add_gc_roots ();
++}
++
++
++/*
++If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a
++function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,
++initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be
++saved, and allocating size additional bytes of storage for the
++local variables. size is an integer. file is a stdio
++stream to which the assembler code should be output.
++
++The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this
++macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.
++
++To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array
++regs_ever_live: element r is nonzero if hard register
++r is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function
++prologue should save register r, provided it is not one of the
++call-used registers. (TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE must likewise use
++regs_ever_live.)
++
++On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does
++not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if
++they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes
++appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used
++registers are used in the function.
++
++On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the
++function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame
++pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a
++frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable
++frame_pointer_needed. The variable's value will be 1 at run
++time in a function that needs a frame pointer. (see Elimination).
++
++The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space
++required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions
++listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the
++order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the
++stack (the lowest address if STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD is defined, and
++the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order
++for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for
++compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard
++or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC
++need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.
++*/
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
++#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE avr32_target_asm_function_prologue
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
++#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END avr32_file_end
++
++#undef TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
++#define TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS hook_bool_void_false
++
++#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
++#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS hook_bool_tree_true
++
++#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
++#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN hook_bool_tree_true
++
++#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
++#define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES hook_bool_tree_true
++
++#undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
++#define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK avr32_must_pass_in_stack
++
++#undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
++#define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE avr32_pass_by_reference
++
++#undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
++#define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING avr32_strict_argument_naming
++
++#undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
++#define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P avr32_vector_mode_supported
++
++#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
++#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY avr32_return_in_memory
++
++#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
++#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB avr32_return_in_msb
++
++#undef TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
++#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO avr32_encode_section_info
++
++#undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
++#define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES avr32_arg_partial_bytes
++
++#undef TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
++#define TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING avr32_strip_name_encoding
++
++#define streq(string1, string2) (strcmp (string1, string2) == 0)
++
++#undef TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
++#define TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD hook_bool_void_false
++
++#undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
++#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE avr32_attribute_table
++
++#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
++#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES avr32_comp_type_attributes
++
++
++#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
++#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS avr32_rtx_costs
++
++#undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
++#define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM avr32_cannot_force_const_mem
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
++#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER avr32_assemble_integer
++
++#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
++#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE avr32_function_value
++
++#undef TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
++#define TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET (0)
++
++#undef TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
++#define TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET ((1 << 15) - 1)
++#undef TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
++#define TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD avr32_secondary_reload
++
++
++/*
++ * Defining the option, -mlist-devices to list the devices supported by gcc.
++ * This option should be used while printing target-help to list all the
++ * supported devices.
++ */
++#undef TARGET_HELP
++#define TARGET_HELP avr32_target_help
++
++void avr32_target_help ()
++{
++ if (avr32_list_supported_parts)
++ {
++ const struct part_type_s *list;
++ fprintf (stdout, "List of parts supported by avr32-gcc:\n");
++ for (list = avr32_part_types; list->name; list++)
++ {
++ if (strcmp("none", list->name) != 0)
++ fprintf (stdout, "%-20s%s\n", list->name, list->macro);
++ }
++ fprintf (stdout, "\n\n");
++ }
++}
++
++enum reg_class
++avr32_secondary_reload (bool in_p, rtx x, enum reg_class class,
++ enum machine_mode mode, secondary_reload_info *sri)
++{
++
++ if ( avr32_rmw_memory_operand (x, mode) )
++ {
++ if (!in_p)
++ sri->icode = CODE_FOR_reload_out_rmw_memory_operand;
++ else
++ sri->icode = CODE_FOR_reload_in_rmw_memory_operand;
++ }
++ return NO_REGS;
++
++}
++/*
++ * Switches to the appropriate section for output of constant pool
++ * entry x in mode. You can assume that x is some kind of constant in
++ * RTL. The argument mode is redundant except in the case of a
++ * const_int rtx. Select the section by calling readonly_data_ section
++ * or one of the alternatives for other sections. align is the
++ * constant alignment in bits.
++ *
++ * The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic
++ * constants in flag_ pic mode in data_section and everything else in
++ * readonly_data_section.
++ */
++//#undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
++//#define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION avr32_select_rtx_section
++
++
++/*
++ * If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the
++ * instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization
++ * levels, just before the point at which it normally does
++ * delayed-branch scheduling.
++ *
++ * The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some
++ * use it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness,
++ * such as laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware
++ * hazards. Others use it as an opportunity to do some
++ * machine-dependent optimizations.
++ *
++ * You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The
++ * default definition is null.
++ */
++#undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
++#define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG avr32_reorg
++
++/* Target hook for assembling integer objects.
++ Need to handle integer vectors */
++static bool
++avr32_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
++{
++ if (avr32_vector_mode_supported (GET_MODE (x)))
++ {
++ int i, units;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_VECTOR)
++ abort ();
++
++ units = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x);
++
++ switch (GET_MODE (x))
++ {
++ case V2HImode:
++ size = 2;
++ break;
++ case V4QImode:
++ size = 1;
++ break;
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++
++ for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
++ {
++ rtx elt;
++
++ elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
++ assemble_integer (elt, size, i == 0 ? 32 : size * BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
++ }
++
++ return true;
++ }
++
++ return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
++}
++
++
++/*
++ * This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.
++ *
++ * The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is
++ * available for examination in x, and the rtx code of the expression
++ * in which it is contained, found in outer_code. code is the
++ * expression code--redundant, since it can be obtained with GET_CODE
++ * (x).
++ *
++ * In implementing this hook, you can use the construct COSTS_N_INSNS
++ * (n) to specify a cost equal to n fast instructions.
++ *
++ * On entry to the hook, *total contains a default estimate for the
++ * cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as
++ * necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are COSTS_N_INSNS (5)
++ * for multiplications, COSTS_N_INSNS (7) for division and modulus
++ * operations, and COSTS_N_INSNS (1) for all other operations.
++ *
++ * When optimizing for code size, i.e. when optimize_size is non-zero,
++ * this target hook should be used to estimate the relative size cost
++ * of an expression, again relative to COSTS_N_INSNS.
++ *
++ * The hook returns true when all subexpressions of x have been
++ * processed, and false when rtx_cost should recurse.
++ */
++
++/* Worker routine for avr32_rtx_costs. */
++static inline int
++avr32_rtx_costs_1 (rtx x, enum rtx_code code ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ enum rtx_code outer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
++
++ switch (GET_CODE (x))
++ {
++ case MEM:
++ /* Using pre decrement / post increment memory operations on the
++ avr32_uc architecture means that two writebacks must be performed
++ and hence two cycles are needed. */
++ if (!optimize_size
++ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
++ && TARGET_ARCH_UC
++ && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PRE_DEC
++ || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == POST_INC))
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
++
++ /* Memory costs quite a lot for the first word, but subsequent words
++ load at the equivalent of a single insn each. */
++ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (3 + (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD));
++
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ case CONST:
++ /* These are valid for the pseudo insns: lda.w and call which operates
++ on direct addresses. We assume that the cost of a lda.w is the same
++ as the cost of a ld.w insn. */
++ return (outer == SET) ? COSTS_N_INSNS (4) : COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++ case DIV:
++ case MOD:
++ case UDIV:
++ case UMOD:
++ return optimize_size ? COSTS_N_INSNS (1) : COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
++
++ case ROTATE:
++ case ROTATERT:
++ if (mode == TImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (100);
++
++ if (mode == DImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (10);
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++ case ASHIFT:
++ case LSHIFTRT:
++ case ASHIFTRT:
++ case NOT:
++ if (mode == TImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (10);
++
++ if (mode == DImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++ case PLUS:
++ case MINUS:
++ case NEG:
++ case COMPARE:
++ case ABS:
++ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (100);
++
++ if (mode == TImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (50);
++
++ if (mode == DImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++
++ case MULT:
++ {
++ if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (300);
++
++ if (mode == TImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
++
++ if (mode == DImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++
++ if (mode == HImode)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
++
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
++ }
++ case IF_THEN_ELSE:
++ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PC || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 2)) == PC)
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++ case SIGN_EXTEND:
++ case ZERO_EXTEND:
++ /* Sign/Zero extensions of registers cost quite much since these
++ instrcutions only take one register operand which means that gcc
++ often must insert some move instrcutions */
++ if (mode == QImode || mode == HImode)
++ return (COSTS_N_INSNS (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM ? 0 : 1));
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
++ case UNSPEC:
++ /* divmod operations */
++ if (XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_UDIVMODSI4_INTERNAL
++ || XINT (x, 1) == UNSPEC_DIVMODSI4_INTERNAL)
++ {
++ return optimize_size ? COSTS_N_INSNS (1) : COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
++ }
++ /* Fallthrough */
++ default:
++ return COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
++ }
++}
++
++
++static bool
++avr32_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int *total)
++{
++ *total = avr32_rtx_costs_1 (x, code, outer_code);
++ return true;
++}
++
++
++bool
++avr32_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ /* Do not want symbols in the constant pool when compiling pic or if using
++ address pseudo instructions. */
++ return ((flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS)
++ && avr32_find_symbol (x) != NULL_RTX);
++}
++
++
++/* Table of machine attributes. */
++const struct attribute_spec avr32_attribute_table[] = {
++ /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
++ /* Interrupt Service Routines have special prologue and epilogue
++ requirements. */
++ {"isr", 0, 1, false, false, false, avr32_handle_isr_attribute},
++ {"interrupt", 0, 1, false, false, false, avr32_handle_isr_attribute},
++ {"acall", 0, 1, false, true, true, avr32_handle_acall_attribute},
++ {"naked", 0, 0, true, false, false, avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute},
++ {"rmw_addressable", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL},
++ {"flashvault", 0, 1, true, false, false, avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute},
++ {"flashvault_impl", 0, 1, true, false, false, avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute},
++ {NULL, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL}
++};
++
++
++typedef struct
++{
++ const char *const arg;
++ const unsigned long return_value;
++}
++isr_attribute_arg;
++
++
++static const isr_attribute_arg isr_attribute_args[] = {
++ {"FULL", AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL},
++ {"full", AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL},
++ {"HALF", AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF},
++ {"half", AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF},
++ {"NONE", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++ {"none", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++ {"UNDEF", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++ {"undef", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++ {"SWI", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++ {"swi", AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE},
++ {NULL, AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE}
++};
++
++
++/* Returns the (interrupt) function type of the current
++ function, or AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN if the type cannot be determined. */
++static unsigned long
++avr32_isr_value (tree argument)
++{
++ const isr_attribute_arg *ptr;
++ const char *arg;
++
++ /* No argument - default to ISR_NONE. */
++ if (argument == NULL_TREE)
++ return AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE;
++
++ /* Get the value of the argument. */
++ if (TREE_VALUE (argument) == NULL_TREE
++ || TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (argument)) != STRING_CST)
++ return AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++
++ arg = TREE_STRING_POINTER (TREE_VALUE (argument));
++
++ /* Check it against the list of known arguments. */
++ for (ptr = isr_attribute_args; ptr->arg != NULL; ptr++)
++ if (streq (arg, ptr->arg))
++ return ptr->return_value;
++
++ /* An unrecognized interrupt type. */
++ return AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++}
++
++
++/*
++These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds
++of integer object. The TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP directive creates a
++byte-sized object, the TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP one creates an
++aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be
++NULL, indicating that no suitable directive is available.
++
++The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,
++followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,
++the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.
++*/
++#undef TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP "\t.byte\t"
++#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.align 1\n\t.short\t"
++#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.align 2\n\t.int\t"
++#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP NULL
++#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP NULL
++#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.short\t"
++#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.int\t"
++#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP NULL
++#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP
++#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP NULL
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
++#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK avr32_output_mi_thunk
++
++#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
++#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_true
++
++
++static void
++avr32_output_mi_thunk (FILE * file,
++ tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
++ HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function)
++ {
++ int mi_delta = delta;
++ int this_regno =
++ (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function) ?
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (11) : INTERNAL_REGNUM (12));
++
++
++ if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
++ || vcall_offset)
++ {
++ fputs ("\tpushm\tlr\n", file);
++ }
++
++
++ if (mi_delta != 0)
++ {
++ if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21"))
++ {
++ fprintf (file, "\tsub\t%s, %d\n", reg_names[this_regno], -mi_delta);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Immediate is larger than k21 we must make us a temp register by
++ pushing a register to the stack. */
++ fprintf (file, "\tmov\tlr, lo(%d)\n", mi_delta);
++ fprintf (file, "\torh\tlr, hi(%d)\n", mi_delta);
++ fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, lr\n", reg_names[this_regno]);
++ }
++ }
++
++
++ if (vcall_offset != 0)
++ {
++ fprintf (file, "\tld.w\tlr, %s[0]\n", reg_names[this_regno]);
++ fprintf (file, "\tld.w\tlr, lr[%i]\n", (int) vcall_offset);
++ fprintf (file, "\tadd\t%s, lr\n", reg_names[this_regno]);
++ }
++
++
++ if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (mi_delta, 'I', "Is21")
++ || vcall_offset)
++ {
++ fputs ("\tpopm\tlr\n", file);
++ }
++
++ /* Jump to the function. We assume that we can use an rjmp since the
++ function to jump to is local and probably not too far away from
++ the thunk. If this assumption proves to be wrong we could implement
++ this jump by calculating the offset between the jump source and destination
++ and put this in the constant pool and then perform an add to pc.
++ This would also be legitimate PIC code. But for now we hope that an rjmp
++ will be sufficient...
++ */
++ fputs ("\trjmp\t", file);
++ assemble_name (file, XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0), 0));
++ fputc ('\n', file);
++ }
++
++
++/* Implements target hook vector_mode_supported. */
++bool
++avr32_vector_mode_supported (enum machine_mode mode)
++{
++ if ((mode == V2HImode) || (mode == V4QImode))
++ return true;
++
++ return false;
++}
++
++
++#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
++#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS avr32_init_libfuncs
++
++#undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
++#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS avr32_init_builtins
++
++#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
++#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN avr32_expand_builtin
++
++tree int_ftype_int, int_ftype_void, short_ftype_short, void_ftype_int_int,
++ void_ftype_ptr_int;
++tree void_ftype_int, void_ftype_ulong, void_ftype_void, int_ftype_ptr_int;
++tree short_ftype_short, int_ftype_int_short, int_ftype_short_short,
++ short_ftype_short_short;
++tree int_ftype_int_int, longlong_ftype_int_short, longlong_ftype_short_short;
++tree void_ftype_int_int_int_int_int, void_ftype_int_int_int;
++tree longlong_ftype_int_int, void_ftype_int_int_longlong;
++tree int_ftype_int_int_int, longlong_ftype_longlong_int_short;
++tree longlong_ftype_longlong_short_short, int_ftype_int_short_short;
++
++#define def_builtin(NAME, TYPE, CODE) \
++ add_builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE), \
++ BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE)
++
++#define def_mbuiltin(MASK, NAME, TYPE, CODE) \
++ do \
++ { \
++ if ((MASK)) \
++ add_builtin_function ((NAME), (TYPE), (CODE), \
++ BUILT_IN_MD, NULL, NULL_TREE); \
++ } \
++ while (0)
++
++struct builtin_description
++{
++ const unsigned int mask;
++ const enum insn_code icode;
++ const char *const name;
++ const int code;
++ const enum rtx_code comparison;
++ const unsigned int flag;
++ const tree *ftype;
++};
++
++static const struct builtin_description bdesc_2arg[] = {
++
++#define DSP_BUILTIN(code, builtin, ftype) \
++ { 1, CODE_FOR_##code, "__builtin_" #code , \
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_##builtin, 0, 0, ftype }
++
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulsathh_h, MULSATHH_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulsathh_w, MULSATHH_W, &int_ftype_short_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulsatrndhh_h, MULSATRNDHH_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulsatrndwh_w, MULSATRNDWH_W, &int_ftype_int_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulsatwh_w, MULSATWH_W, &int_ftype_int_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (satadd_h, SATADD_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (satsub_h, SATSUB_H, &short_ftype_short_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (satadd_w, SATADD_W, &int_ftype_int_int),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (satsub_w, SATSUB_W, &int_ftype_int_int),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulwh_d, MULWH_D, &longlong_ftype_int_short),
++ DSP_BUILTIN (mulnwh_d, MULNWH_D, &longlong_ftype_int_short)
++};
++
++
++void
++avr32_init_builtins (void)
++{
++ unsigned int i;
++ const struct builtin_description *d;
++ tree endlink = void_list_node;
++ tree int_endlink = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node, endlink);
++ tree longlong_endlink =
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, long_long_integer_type_node, endlink);
++ tree short_endlink =
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node, endlink);
++ tree void_endlink = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, void_type_node, endlink);
++
++ /* int func (int) */
++ int_ftype_int = build_function_type (integer_type_node, int_endlink);
++
++ /* short func (short) */
++ short_ftype_short
++ = build_function_type (short_integer_type_node, short_endlink);
++
++ /* short func (short, short) */
++ short_ftype_short_short
++ = build_function_type (short_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink));
++
++ /* long long func (long long, short, short) */
++ longlong_ftype_longlong_short_short
++ = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
++ short_integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink)));
++
++ /* long long func (short, short) */
++ longlong_ftype_short_short
++ = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink));
++
++ /* int func (int, int) */
++ int_ftype_int_int
++ = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ int_endlink));
++
++ /* long long func (int, int) */
++ longlong_ftype_int_int
++ = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ int_endlink));
++
++ /* long long int func (long long, int, short) */
++ longlong_ftype_longlong_int_short
++ = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink)));
++
++ /* long long int func (int, short) */
++ longlong_ftype_int_short
++ = build_function_type (long_long_integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink));
++
++ /* int func (int, short, short) */
++ int_ftype_int_short_short
++ = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
++ short_integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink)));
++
++ /* int func (short, short) */
++ int_ftype_short_short
++ = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, short_integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink));
++
++ /* int func (int, short) */
++ int_ftype_int_short
++ = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ short_endlink));
++
++ /* void func (int, int) */
++ void_ftype_int_int
++ = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ int_endlink));
++
++ /* void func (int, int, int) */
++ void_ftype_int_int_int
++ = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ int_endlink)));
++
++ /* void func (int, int, long long) */
++ void_ftype_int_int_longlong
++ = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ longlong_endlink)));
++
++ /* void func (int, int, int, int, int) */
++ void_ftype_int_int_int_int_int
++ = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
++ integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons
++ (NULL_TREE,
++ integer_type_node,
++ int_endlink)))));
++
++ /* void func (void *, int) */
++ void_ftype_ptr_int
++ = build_function_type (void_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, ptr_type_node, int_endlink));
++
++ /* void func (int) */
++ void_ftype_int = build_function_type (void_type_node, int_endlink);
++
++ /* void func (ulong) */
++ void_ftype_ulong = build_function_type_list (void_type_node,
++ long_unsigned_type_node, NULL_TREE);
++
++ /* void func (void) */
++ void_ftype_void = build_function_type (void_type_node, void_endlink);
++
++ /* int func (void) */
++ int_ftype_void = build_function_type (integer_type_node, void_endlink);
++
++ /* int func (void *, int) */
++ int_ftype_ptr_int
++ = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, ptr_type_node, int_endlink));
++
++ /* int func (int, int, int) */
++ int_ftype_int_int_int
++ = build_function_type (integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ tree_cons (NULL_TREE, integer_type_node,
++ int_endlink)));
++
++ /* Initialize avr32 builtins. */
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mfsr", int_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MFSR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mtsr", void_ftype_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MTSR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mfdr", int_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MFDR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mtdr", void_ftype_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MTDR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_cache", void_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_CACHE);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_sync", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_ssrf", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SSRF);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_csrf", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_CSRF);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_tlbr", void_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_tlbs", void_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBS);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_tlbw", void_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBW);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_breakpoint", void_ftype_void,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_BREAKPOINT);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_xchg", int_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_XCHG);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_ldxi", int_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_LDXI);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_bswap_16", short_ftype_short,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP16);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_bswap_32", int_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP32);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_cop", void_ftype_int_int_int_int_int,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_COP);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mvcr_w", int_ftype_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mvrc_w", void_ftype_int_int_int,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mvcr_d", longlong_ftype_int_int,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_D);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mvrc_d", void_ftype_int_int_longlong,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_D);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_sats", int_ftype_int_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_satu", int_ftype_int_int_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_satrnds", int_ftype_int_int_int,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_satrndu", int_ftype_int_int_int,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_musfr", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mustr", int_ftype_void, AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSTR);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_macsathh_w", int_ftype_int_short_short,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_macwh_d", longlong_ftype_longlong_int_short,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_machh_d", longlong_ftype_longlong_short_short,
++ AVR32_BUILTIN_MACHH_D);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_mems", void_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMS);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_memt", void_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMT);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_memc", void_ftype_ptr_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMC);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_sleep", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_SLEEP);
++ def_builtin ("__builtin_avr32_delay_cycles", void_ftype_int, AVR32_BUILTIN_DELAY_CYCLES);
++
++ /* Add all builtins that are more or less simple operations on two
++ operands. */
++ for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
++ {
++ /* Use one of the operands; the target can have a different mode for
++ mask-generating compares. */
++
++ if (d->name == 0)
++ continue;
++
++ def_mbuiltin (d->mask, d->name, *(d->ftype), d->code);
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Subroutine of avr32_expand_builtin to take care of binop insns. */
++static rtx
++avr32_expand_binop_builtin (enum insn_code icode, tree exp, rtx target)
++{
++ rtx pat;
++ tree arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ tree arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ rtx op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ rtx op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ enum machine_mode mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++ enum machine_mode mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++ if (!target
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++ /* In case the insn wants input operands in modes different from the
++ result, abort. */
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ /* If op0 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++ if (REG_P (op0))
++ op0 = convert_to_mode (mode0, op0, 1);
++ else
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++ }
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++ {
++ /* If op1 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++ if (REG_P (op1))
++ op1 = convert_to_mode (mode1, op1, 1);
++ else
++ op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++ }
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++}
++
++
++/* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
++ with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
++ (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
++ SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
++ IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */
++rtx
++avr32_expand_builtin (tree exp,
++ rtx target,
++ rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ const struct builtin_description *d;
++ unsigned int i;
++ enum insn_code icode = 0;
++ tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (CALL_EXPR_FN (exp), 0);
++ tree arg0, arg1, arg2;
++ rtx op0, op1, op2, pat;
++ enum machine_mode tmode, mode0, mode1;
++ enum machine_mode arg0_mode;
++ int fcode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
++
++ switch (fcode)
++ {
++ default:
++ break;
++
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU:
++ {
++ const char *fname;
++ switch (fcode)
++ {
++ default:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATS:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_sats;
++ fname = "sats";
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATU:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_satu;
++ fname = "satu";
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDS:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_satrnds;
++ fname = "satrnds";
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SATRNDU:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_satrndu;
++ fname = "satrndu";
++ break;
++ }
++
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,2);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
++
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, GET_MODE (op0)))
++ {
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode, op0);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_%s should be a constant number.",
++ fname);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op2, SImode))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 3 to __builtin_%s should be a constant number.",
++ fname);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ emit_move_insn (target, op0);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op1, op2);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++
++ return target;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSTR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mustr;
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MFSR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mfsr;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mfsr must be a constant number");
++ }
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MTSR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mtsr;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mtsr must be a constant number");
++ return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++ }
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++ op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MFDR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mfdr;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mfdr must be a constant number");
++ }
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MTDR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mtdr;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mtdr must be a constant number");
++ return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++ }
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++ op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_CACHE:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_cache;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_cache must be a constant number");
++ return gen_reg_rtx (mode1);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SSRF:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_CSRF:
++ {
++ const char *fname;
++ switch (fcode)
++ {
++ default:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SYNC:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_sync;
++ fname = "sync";
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MUSFR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_musfr;
++ fname = "musfr";
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SSRF:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_ssrf;
++ fname = "ssrf";
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_CSRF:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_csrf;
++ fname = "csrf";
++ break;
++ }
++
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ if (icode == CODE_FOR_musfr)
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++ else
++ {
++ error ("Parameter to __builtin_%s is illegal.", fname);
++ return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++ }
++ }
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBR:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_tlbr;
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBS:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_tlbs;
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_TLBW:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_tlbw;
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_BREAKPOINT:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_breakpoint;
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (NULL_RTX);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_XCHG:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_sync_lock_test_and_setsi;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++ mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++ {
++ op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++ }
++
++ op0 = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0);
++ op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (op0), op0);
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_xchg must be a pointer to an integer.");
++ }
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_LDXI:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_ldxi;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,2);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++ mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, mode1))
++ {
++ op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op1);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op2, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 3 to __builtin_ldxi must be a valid extract shift operand: (0|8|16|24)");
++ return gen_reg_rtx (mode0);
++ }
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1, op2);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP16:
++ {
++ icode = CODE_FOR_bswap_16;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg0_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg0));
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++ if (arg0_mode != mode0)
++ arg0 = build1 (NOP_EXPR,
++ (*lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode) (mode0, 0), arg0);
++
++ op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, HImode, 0);
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ if ( CONST_INT_P (op0) )
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT val = ( ((INTVAL (op0)&0x00ff) << 8) |
++ ((INTVAL (op0)&0xff00) >> 8) );
++ /* Sign extend 16-bit value to host wide int */
++ val <<= (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16);
++ val >>= (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16);
++ op0 = GEN_INT(val);
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ emit_move_insn(target, op0);
++ return target;
++ }
++ else
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++ }
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ {
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ }
++
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++
++ return target;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_BSWAP32:
++ {
++ icode = CODE_FOR_bswap_32;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ if ( CONST_INT_P (op0) )
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT val = ( ((INTVAL (op0)&0x000000ff) << 24) |
++ ((INTVAL (op0)&0x0000ff00) << 8) |
++ ((INTVAL (op0)&0x00ff0000) >> 8) |
++ ((INTVAL (op0)&0xff000000) >> 24) );
++ /* Sign extend 32-bit value to host wide int */
++ val <<= (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32);
++ val >>= (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32);
++ op0 = GEN_INT(val);
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++ emit_move_insn(target, op0);
++ return target;
++ }
++ else
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op0);
++ }
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++
++ return target;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_D:
++ {
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++
++ if (fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MVCR_W)
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mvcrsi;
++ else
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mvcrdi;
++
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++
++ if (target == 0
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 7.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++
++ return target;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MACHH_D:
++ {
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,2);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
++
++ icode = ((fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MACSATHH_W) ? CODE_FOR_macsathh_w :
++ (fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MACWH_D) ? CODE_FOR_macwh_d :
++ CODE_FOR_machh_d);
++
++ tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++ mode1 = insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode;
++
++
++ if (!target
++ || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
++ || !(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
++ target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, tmode))
++ {
++ /* If op0 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++ if (REG_P (op0))
++ op0 = convert_to_mode (tmode, op0, 1);
++ else
++ op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (tmode, op0);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, mode0))
++ {
++ /* If op1 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++ if (REG_P (op1))
++ op1 = convert_to_mode (mode0, op1, 1);
++ else
++ op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode0, op1);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op2, mode1))
++ {
++ /* If op1 is already a reg we must cast it to the correct mode. */
++ if (REG_P (op2))
++ op2 = convert_to_mode (mode1, op2, 1);
++ else
++ op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode1, op2);
++ }
++
++ emit_move_insn (target, op0);
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (target, op1, op2);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return target;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_D:
++ {
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,2);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
++
++ if (fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MVRC_W)
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mvrcsi;
++ else
++ icode = CODE_FOR_mvrcdi;
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, SImode))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 1 is not a valid coprocessor number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 7.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 2 is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT
++ || GET_CODE (op2) == CONST
++ || GET_CODE (op2) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (op2) == LABEL_REF)
++ {
++ op2 = force_const_mem (insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode, op2);
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op2, GET_MODE (op2)))
++ op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_data[icode].operand[2].mode, op2);
++
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1, op2);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_COP:
++ {
++ rtx op3, op4;
++ tree arg3, arg4;
++ icode = CODE_FOR_cop;
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ arg2 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,2);
++ arg3 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,3);
++ arg4 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,4);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ op1 = expand_normal (arg1);
++ op2 = expand_normal (arg2);
++ op3 = expand_normal (arg3);
++ op4 = expand_normal (arg4);
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (op0, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 7.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op1, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[2].predicate) (op2, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 3 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[3].predicate) (op3, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 4 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor register number.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 15.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[4].predicate) (op4, SImode))
++ {
++ error
++ ("Parameter 5 to __builtin_cop is not a valid coprocessor operation.");
++ error ("Number should be between 0 and 127.");
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op1, op2, op3, op4);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++
++ return target;
++ }
++
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMS:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMC:
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMT:
++ {
++ if (!TARGET_RMW)
++ error ("Trying to use __builtin_mem(s/c/t) when target does not support RMW insns.");
++
++ switch (fcode) {
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMS:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_iorsi3;
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMC:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_andsi3;
++ break;
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMT:
++ icode = CODE_FOR_xorsi3;
++ break;
++ }
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,0);
++ arg1 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp,1);
++ op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++ if ( GET_CODE (op0) == SYMBOL_REF )
++ // This symbol must be RMW addressable
++ SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (op0) |= (1 << SYMBOL_FLAG_RMW_ADDR_SHIFT);
++ op0 = gen_rtx_MEM(SImode, op0);
++ op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++ mode0 = insn_data[icode].operand[1].mode;
++
++
++ if (!(*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) (op0, mode0))
++ {
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_mem(s/c/t) must be a Ks15<<2 address or a rmw addressable symbol.");
++ }
++
++ if ( !CONST_INT_P (op1)
++ || INTVAL (op1) > 31
++ || INTVAL (op1) < 0 )
++ error ("Parameter 2 to __builtin_mem(s/c/t) must be a constant between 0 and 31.");
++
++ if ( fcode == AVR32_BUILTIN_MEMC )
++ op1 = GEN_INT((~(1 << INTVAL(op1)))&0xffffffff);
++ else
++ op1 = GEN_INT((1 << INTVAL(op1))&0xffffffff);
++ pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1);
++ if (!pat)
++ return 0;
++ emit_insn (pat);
++ return op0;
++ }
++
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_SLEEP:
++ {
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
++ op0 = expand_normal (arg0);
++ int intval = INTVAL(op0);
++
++ /* Check if the argument if integer and if the value of integer
++ is greater than 0. */
++
++ if (!CONSTANT_P (op0))
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_sleep() is not a valid integer.");
++ if (intval < 0 )
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_sleep() should be an integer greater than 0.");
++
++ int strncmpval = strncmp (avr32_part_name,"uc3l", 4);
++
++ /* Check if op0 is less than 7 for uc3l* and less than 6 for other
++ devices. By this check we are avoiding if operand is less than
++ 256. For more devices, add more such checks. */
++
++ if ( strncmpval == 0 && intval >= 7)
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_sleep() should be less than or equal to 7.");
++ else if ( strncmp != 0 && intval >= 6)
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_sleep() should be less than or equal to 6.");
++
++ emit_insn (gen_sleep(op0));
++ return target;
++
++ }
++ case AVR32_BUILTIN_DELAY_CYCLES:
++ {
++ arg0 = CALL_EXPR_ARG (exp, 0);
++ op0 = expand_expr (arg0, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
++
++ if (TARGET_ARCH_AP)
++ error (" __builtin_avr32_delay_cycles() not supported for \'%s\' architecture.", avr32_arch_name);
++ if (!CONSTANT_P (op0))
++ error ("Parameter 1 to __builtin_avr32_delay_cycles() should be an integer.");
++ emit_insn (gen_delay_cycles (op0));
++ return 0;
++
++ }
++
++ }
++
++ for (i = 0, d = bdesc_2arg; i < ARRAY_SIZE (bdesc_2arg); i++, d++)
++ if (d->code == fcode)
++ return avr32_expand_binop_builtin (d->icode, exp, target);
++
++
++ /* @@@ Should really do something sensible here. */
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/* Handle an "interrupt" or "isr" attribute;
++ arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
++static tree
++avr32_handle_isr_attribute (tree * node, tree name, tree args,
++ int flags, bool * no_add_attrs)
++{
++ if (DECL_P (*node))
++ {
++ if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
++ {
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,"`%s' attribute only applies to functions",
++ IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ }
++ /* FIXME: the argument if any is checked for type attributes; should it
++ be checked for decl ones? */
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ if (TREE_CODE (*node) == FUNCTION_TYPE
++ || TREE_CODE (*node) == METHOD_TYPE)
++ {
++ if (avr32_isr_value (args) == AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN)
++ {
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,"`%s' attribute ignored", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ }
++ }
++ else if (TREE_CODE (*node) == POINTER_TYPE
++ && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == FUNCTION_TYPE
++ || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (*node)) == METHOD_TYPE)
++ && avr32_isr_value (args) != AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN)
++ {
++ *node = build_variant_type_copy (*node);
++ TREE_TYPE (*node) = build_type_attribute_variant
++ (TREE_TYPE (*node),
++ tree_cons (name, args, TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (TREE_TYPE (*node))));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Possibly pass this attribute on from the type to a decl. */
++ if (flags & ((int) ATTR_FLAG_DECL_NEXT
++ | (int) ATTR_FLAG_FUNCTION_NEXT
++ | (int) ATTR_FLAG_ARRAY_NEXT))
++ {
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ return tree_cons (name, args, NULL_TREE);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,"`%s' attribute ignored", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ return NULL_TREE;
++}
++
++
++/* Handle an attribute requiring a FUNCTION_DECL;
++ arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
++static tree
++avr32_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree * node, tree name,
++ tree args,
++ int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ bool * no_add_attrs)
++{
++ if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
++ {
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,"%qs attribute only applies to functions",
++ IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ return NULL_TREE;
++ }
++
++ fndecl_attribute_args = args;
++ if (args == NULL_TREE)
++ return NULL_TREE;
++
++ tree value = TREE_VALUE (args);
++ if (TREE_CODE (value) != INTEGER_CST)
++ {
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,
++ "argument of %qs attribute is not an integer constant",
++ IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ }
++
++ return NULL_TREE;
++}
++
++
++/* Handle an acall attribute;
++ arguments as in struct attribute_spec.handler. */
++
++static tree
++avr32_handle_acall_attribute (tree * node, tree name,
++ tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bool * no_add_attrs)
++{
++ if (TREE_CODE (*node) == FUNCTION_TYPE || TREE_CODE (*node) == METHOD_TYPE)
++ {
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,"`%s' attribute not yet supported...",
++ IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ return NULL_TREE;
++ }
++
++ warning (OPT_Wattributes,"`%s' attribute only applies to functions",
++ IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
++ *no_add_attrs = true;
++ return NULL_TREE;
++}
++
++
++bool
++avr32_flashvault_call(tree decl)
++{
++ tree attributes;
++ tree fv_attribute;
++ tree vector_tree;
++ unsigned int vector;
++
++ if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
++ {
++ attributes = DECL_ATTRIBUTES(decl);
++ fv_attribute = lookup_attribute ("flashvault", attributes);
++ if (fv_attribute != NULL_TREE)
++ {
++ /* Get attribute parameter, for the function vector number. */
++ /*
++ There is probably an easier, standard way to retrieve the
++ attribute parameter which needs to be done here.
++ */
++ vector_tree = TREE_VALUE(fv_attribute);
++ if (vector_tree != NULL_TREE)
++ {
++ vector = (unsigned int)TREE_INT_CST_LOW(TREE_VALUE(vector_tree));
++ fprintf (asm_out_file,
++ "\tmov\tr8, lo(%i)\t# Load vector number for sscall.\n",
++ vector);
++ }
++
++ fprintf (asm_out_file,
++ "\tsscall\t# Secure system call.\n");
++
++ return true;
++ }
++ }
++
++ return false;
++}
++
++
++static bool has_attribute_p (tree decl, const char *name)
++{
++ if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
++ {
++ return (lookup_attribute (name, DECL_ATTRIBUTES(decl)) != NULL_TREE);
++ }
++ return NULL_TREE;
++}
++
++
++/* Return 0 if the attributes for two types are incompatible, 1 if they
++ are compatible, and 2 if they are nearly compatible (which causes a
++ warning to be generated). */
++static int
++avr32_comp_type_attributes (tree type1, tree type2)
++{
++ bool acall1, acall2, isr1, isr2, naked1, naked2, fv1, fv2, fvimpl1, fvimpl2;
++
++ /* Check for mismatch of non-default calling convention. */
++ if (TREE_CODE (type1) != FUNCTION_TYPE)
++ return 1;
++
++ /* Check for mismatched call attributes. */
++ acall1 = lookup_attribute ("acall", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++ acall2 = lookup_attribute ("acall", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++ naked1 = lookup_attribute ("naked", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++ naked2 = lookup_attribute ("naked", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++ fv1 = lookup_attribute ("flashvault", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++ fv2 = lookup_attribute ("flashvault", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++ fvimpl1 = lookup_attribute ("flashvault_impl", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++ fvimpl2 = lookup_attribute ("flashvault_impl", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++ isr1 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++ if (!isr1)
++ isr1 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type1)) != NULL;
++
++ isr2 = lookup_attribute ("isr", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++ if (!isr2)
++ isr2 = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (type2)) != NULL;
++
++ if ((acall1 && isr2)
++ || (acall2 && isr1)
++ || (naked1 && isr2)
++ || (naked2 && isr1)
++ || (fv1 && isr2)
++ || (fv2 && isr1)
++ || (fvimpl1 && isr2)
++ || (fvimpl2 && isr1)
++ || (fv1 && fvimpl2)
++ || (fv2 && fvimpl1)
++ )
++ return 0;
++
++ return 1;
++}
++
++
++/* Computes the type of the current function. */
++static unsigned long
++avr32_compute_func_type (void)
++{
++ unsigned long type = AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++ tree a;
++ tree attr;
++
++ if (TREE_CODE (current_function_decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
++ abort ();
++
++ /* Decide if the current function is volatile. Such functions never
++ return, and many memory cycles can be saved by not storing register
++ values that will never be needed again. This optimization was added to
++ speed up context switching in a kernel application. */
++ if (optimize > 0
++ && TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl)
++ && TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (current_function_decl))
++ type |= AVR32_FT_VOLATILE;
++
++ if (cfun->static_chain_decl != NULL)
++ type |= AVR32_FT_NESTED;
++
++ attr = DECL_ATTRIBUTES (current_function_decl);
++
++ a = lookup_attribute ("isr", attr);
++ if (a == NULL_TREE)
++ a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", attr);
++
++ if (a == NULL_TREE)
++ type |= AVR32_FT_NORMAL;
++ else
++ type |= avr32_isr_value (TREE_VALUE (a));
++
++
++ a = lookup_attribute ("acall", attr);
++ if (a != NULL_TREE)
++ type |= AVR32_FT_ACALL;
++
++ a = lookup_attribute ("naked", attr);
++ if (a != NULL_TREE)
++ type |= AVR32_FT_NAKED;
++
++ a = lookup_attribute ("flashvault", attr);
++ if (a != NULL_TREE)
++ type |= AVR32_FT_FLASHVAULT;
++
++ a = lookup_attribute ("flashvault_impl", attr);
++ if (a != NULL_TREE)
++ type |= AVR32_FT_FLASHVAULT_IMPL;
++
++ return type;
++}
++
++
++/* Returns the type of the current function. */
++static unsigned long
++avr32_current_func_type (void)
++{
++ if (AVR32_FUNC_TYPE (cfun->machine->func_type) == AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN)
++ cfun->machine->func_type = avr32_compute_func_type ();
++
++ return cfun->machine->func_type;
++}
++
++
++/*
++This target hook should return true if we should not pass type solely
++in registers. The file expr.h defines a definition that is usually appropriate,
++refer to expr.h for additional documentation.
++*/
++bool
++avr32_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree type)
++{
++ if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++ /* If the alignment is less than the size then pass in the struct on
++ the stack. */
++ && ((unsigned int) TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type) <
++ (unsigned int) int_size_in_bytes (type))
++ /* If we support unaligned word accesses then structs of size 4 and 8
++ can have any alignment and still be passed in registers. */
++ && !(TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD
++ && (int_size_in_bytes (type) == 4
++ || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 8))
++ /* Double word structs need only a word alignment. */
++ && !(int_size_in_bytes (type) == 8 && TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type) >= 4))
++ return true;
++
++ if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++ /* Structs of size 3,5,6,7 are always passed in registers. */
++ && (int_size_in_bytes (type) == 3
++ || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 5
++ || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 6 || int_size_in_bytes (type) == 7))
++ return true;
++
++
++ return (type && TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type));
++}
++
++
++bool
++avr32_strict_argument_naming (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * ca ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ return true;
++}
++
++
++/*
++ This target hook should return true if an argument at the position indicated
++ by cum should be passed by reference. This predicate is queried after target
++ independent reasons for being passed by reference, such as TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type).
++
++ If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a
++ pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself. The pointer
++ is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer to that type.
++*/
++bool
++avr32_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ tree type, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ return (type && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) != INTEGER_CST));
++}
++
++
++static int
++avr32_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * pcum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
++
++/*
++ Table used to convert from register number in the assembler instructions and
++ the register numbers used in gcc.
++*/
++const int avr32_function_arg_reglist[] = {
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (12),
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (11),
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (10),
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (9),
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (8)
++};
++
++
++rtx avr32_compare_op0 = NULL_RTX;
++rtx avr32_compare_op1 = NULL_RTX;
++rtx avr32_compare_operator = NULL_RTX;
++rtx avr32_acc_cache = NULL_RTX;
++/* type of branch to use */
++enum avr32_cmp_type avr32_branch_type;
++
++
++/*
++ Returns nonzero if it is allowed to store a value of mode mode in hard
++ register number regno.
++*/
++int
++avr32_hard_regno_mode_ok (int regnr, enum machine_mode mode)
++{
++ switch (mode)
++ {
++ case DImode: /* long long */
++ case DFmode: /* double */
++ case SCmode: /* __complex__ float */
++ case CSImode: /* __complex__ int */
++ if (regnr < 4)
++ { /* long long int not supported in r12, sp, lr or pc. */
++ return 0;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* long long int has to be referred in even registers. */
++ if (regnr % 2)
++ return 0;
++ else
++ return 1;
++ }
++ case CDImode: /* __complex__ long long */
++ case DCmode: /* __complex__ double */
++ case TImode: /* 16 bytes */
++ if (regnr < 7)
++ return 0;
++ else if (regnr % 2)
++ return 0;
++ else
++ return 1;
++ default:
++ return 1;
++ }
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_rnd_operands (rtx add, rtx shift)
++{
++ if (GET_CODE (shift) == CONST_INT &&
++ GET_CODE (add) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (shift) > 0)
++ {
++ if ((1 << (INTVAL (shift) - 1)) == INTVAL (add))
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (HOST_WIDE_INT value, char c, const char *str)
++{
++ switch (c)
++ {
++ case 'K':
++ case 'I':
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT min_value = 0, max_value = 0;
++ char size_str[3];
++ int const_size;
++
++ size_str[0] = str[2];
++ size_str[1] = str[3];
++ size_str[2] = '\0';
++ const_size = atoi (size_str);
++
++ if (TOUPPER (str[1]) == 'U')
++ {
++ min_value = 0;
++ max_value = (1 << const_size) - 1;
++ }
++ else if (TOUPPER (str[1]) == 'S')
++ {
++ min_value = -(1 << (const_size - 1));
++ max_value = (1 << (const_size - 1)) - 1;
++ }
++
++ if (c == 'I')
++ {
++ value = -value;
++ }
++
++ if (value >= min_value && value <= max_value)
++ {
++ return 1;
++ }
++ break;
++ }
++ case 'M':
++ return avr32_mask_upper_bits_operand (GEN_INT (value), VOIDmode);
++ case 'J':
++ return avr32_hi16_immediate_operand (GEN_INT (value), VOIDmode);
++ case 'O':
++ return one_bit_set_operand (GEN_INT (value), VOIDmode);
++ case 'N':
++ return one_bit_cleared_operand (GEN_INT (value), VOIDmode);
++ case 'L':
++ /* The lower 16-bits are set. */
++ return ((value & 0xffff) == 0xffff) ;
++ }
++
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++/* Compute mask of registers which needs saving upon function entry. */
++static unsigned long
++avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (int push)
++{
++ unsigned long func_type;
++ unsigned int save_reg_mask = 0;
++ unsigned int reg;
++
++ func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++
++ if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++ {
++ unsigned int max_reg = 12;
++
++ /* Get the banking scheme for the interrupt */
++ switch (func_type)
++ {
++ case AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL:
++ max_reg = 0;
++ break;
++ case AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF:
++ max_reg = 7;
++ break;
++ case AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE:
++ max_reg = 12;
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* Interrupt functions must not corrupt any registers, even call
++ clobbered ones. If this is a leaf function we can just examine the
++ registers used by the RTL, but otherwise we have to assume that
++ whatever function is called might clobber anything, and so we have
++ to save all the call-clobbered registers as well. */
++
++ /* Need not push the registers r8-r12 for AVR32A architectures, as this
++ is automatially done in hardware. We also do not have any shadow
++ registers. */
++ if (TARGET_UARCH_AVR32A)
++ {
++ max_reg = 7;
++ func_type = AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE;
++ }
++
++ /* All registers which are used and are not shadowed must be saved. */
++ for (reg = 0; reg <= max_reg; reg++)
++ if (df_regs_ever_live_p (INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg))
++ || (!current_function_is_leaf
++ && call_used_regs[INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg)]))
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
++
++ /* Check LR */
++ if ((df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM)
++ || !current_function_is_leaf || frame_pointer_needed)
++ /* Only non-shadowed register models */
++ && (func_type == AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE))
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM));
++
++ /* Make sure that the GOT register is pushed. */
++ if (max_reg >= ASM_REGNUM (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)
++ && crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM));
++
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ int use_pushm = optimize_size;
++
++ /* In the normal case we only need to save those registers which are
++ call saved and which are used by this function. */
++ for (reg = 0; reg <= 7; reg++)
++ if (df_regs_ever_live_p (INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg))
++ && !call_used_regs[INTERNAL_REGNUM (reg)])
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << reg);
++
++ /* Make sure that the GOT register is pushed. */
++ if (crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM));
++
++
++ /* If we optimize for size and do not have anonymous arguments: use
++ pushm/popm always. */
++ if (use_pushm)
++ {
++ if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << 0))
++ || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 1))
++ || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 3)))
++ save_reg_mask |= 0xf;
++
++ if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << 4))
++ || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 5))
++ || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 7)))
++ save_reg_mask |= 0xf0;
++
++ if ((save_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) || (save_reg_mask & (1 << 9)))
++ save_reg_mask |= 0x300;
++ }
++
++
++ /* Check LR */
++ if ((df_regs_ever_live_p (LR_REGNUM)
++ || !current_function_is_leaf
++ || (optimize_size
++ && save_reg_mask
++ && !crtl->calls_eh_return)
++ || frame_pointer_needed)
++ && !IS_FLASHVAULT (func_type))
++ {
++ if (push
++ /* Never pop LR into PC for functions which
++ calls __builtin_eh_return, since we need to
++ fix the SP after the restoring of the registers
++ and before returning. */
++ || crtl->calls_eh_return)
++ {
++ /* Push/Pop LR */
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Pop PC */
++ save_reg_mask |= (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM));
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++
++ /* Save registers so the exception handler can modify them. */
++ if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
++ {
++ unsigned int i;
++
++ for (i = 0;; i++)
++ {
++ reg = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
++ if (reg == INVALID_REGNUM)
++ break;
++ save_reg_mask |= 1 << ASM_REGNUM (reg);
++ }
++ }
++
++ return save_reg_mask;
++}
++
++
++/* Compute total size in bytes of all saved registers. */
++static int
++avr32_get_reg_mask_size (int reg_mask)
++{
++ int reg, size;
++ size = 0;
++
++ for (reg = 0; reg <= 15; reg++)
++ if (reg_mask & (1 << reg))
++ size += 4;
++
++ return size;
++}
++
++
++/* Get a register from one of the registers which are saved onto the stack
++ upon function entry. */
++static int
++avr32_get_saved_reg (int save_reg_mask)
++{
++ unsigned int reg;
++
++ /* Find the first register which is saved in the saved_reg_mask */
++ for (reg = 0; reg <= 15; reg++)
++ if (save_reg_mask & (1 << reg))
++ return reg;
++
++ return -1;
++}
++
++
++/* Return 1 if it is possible to return using a single instruction. */
++int
++avr32_use_return_insn (int iscond)
++{
++ unsigned int func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++ unsigned long saved_int_regs;
++
++ /* Never use a return instruction before reload has run. */
++ if (!reload_completed)
++ return 0;
++
++ /* Must adjust the stack for vararg functions. */
++ if (crtl->args.info.uses_anonymous_args)
++ return 0;
++
++ /* If there a stack adjstment. */
++ if (get_frame_size ())
++ return 0;
++
++ saved_int_regs = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++
++ /* Conditional returns can not be performed in one instruction if we need
++ to restore registers from the stack */
++ if (iscond && saved_int_regs)
++ return 0;
++
++ /* Conditional return can not be used for interrupt handlers. */
++ if (iscond && IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++ return 0;
++
++ /* For interrupt handlers which needs to pop registers */
++ if (saved_int_regs && IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++ return 0;
++
++
++ /* If there are saved registers but the LR isn't saved, then we need two
++ instructions for the return. */
++ if (saved_int_regs && !(saved_int_regs & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM))))
++ return 0;
++
++
++ return 1;
++}
++
++
++/* Generate some function prologue info in the assembly file. */
++void
++avr32_target_asm_function_prologue (FILE * f, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size)
++{
++ unsigned long func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++
++ if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
++ fprintf (f,
++ "\t# Function is naked: Prologue and epilogue provided by programmer\n");
++
++ if (IS_FLASHVAULT (func_type))
++ {
++ fprintf(f,
++ "\t.ident \"flashvault\"\n\t# Function is defined with flashvault attribute.\n");
++ }
++
++ if (IS_FLASHVAULT_IMPL (func_type))
++ {
++ fprintf(f,
++ "\t.ident \"flashvault\"\n\t# Function is defined with flashvault_impl attribute.\n");
++
++ /* Save information on flashvault function declaration. */
++ tree fv_attribute = lookup_attribute ("flashvault_impl", DECL_ATTRIBUTES(current_function_decl));
++ if (fv_attribute != NULL_TREE)
++ {
++ tree vector_tree = TREE_VALUE(fv_attribute);
++ if (vector_tree != NULL_TREE)
++ {
++ unsigned int vector_num;
++ const char * name;
++
++ vector_num = (unsigned int) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (vector_tree));
++
++ name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);
++
++ flashvault_decl_list_add (vector_num, name);
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++ {
++ switch (func_type)
++ {
++ case AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL:
++ fprintf (f,
++ "\t# Interrupt Function: Fully shadowed register file\n");
++ break;
++ case AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF:
++ fprintf (f,
++ "\t# Interrupt Function: Half shadowed register file\n");
++ break;
++ default:
++ case AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE:
++ fprintf (f, "\t# Interrupt Function: No shadowed register file\n");
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++
++ fprintf (f, "\t# args = %i, frame = %li, pretend = %i\n",
++ crtl->args.size, frame_size,
++ crtl->args.pretend_args_size);
++
++ fprintf (f, "\t# frame_needed = %i, leaf_function = %i\n",
++ frame_pointer_needed, current_function_is_leaf);
++
++ fprintf (f, "\t# uses_anonymous_args = %i\n",
++ crtl->args.info.uses_anonymous_args);
++
++ if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
++ fprintf (f, "\t# Calls __builtin_eh_return.\n");
++
++}
++
++
++/* Generate and emit an insn that we will recognize as a pushm or stm.
++ Unfortunately, since this insn does not reflect very well the actual
++ semantics of the operation, we need to annotate the insn for the benefit
++ of DWARF2 frame unwind information. */
++
++int avr32_convert_to_reglist16 (int reglist8_vect);
++
++static rtx
++emit_multi_reg_push (int reglist, int usePUSHM)
++{
++ rtx insn;
++ rtx dwarf;
++ rtx tmp;
++ rtx reg;
++ int i;
++ int nr_regs;
++ int index = 0;
++
++ if (usePUSHM)
++ {
++ insn = emit_insn (gen_pushm (gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, reglist)));
++ reglist = avr32_convert_to_reglist16 (reglist);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ insn = emit_insn (gen_stm (stack_pointer_rtx,
++ gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, reglist),
++ gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, 1)));
++ }
++
++ nr_regs = avr32_get_reg_mask_size (reglist) / 4;
++ dwarf = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (nr_regs + 1));
++
++ for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
++ {
++ if (reglist & (1 << i))
++ {
++ reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, INTERNAL_REGNUM (i));
++ tmp = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
++ gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
++ plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
++ 4 * index)), reg);
++ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
++ XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 1 + index++) = tmp;
++ }
++ }
++
++ tmp = gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++ stack_pointer_rtx,
++ gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode,
++ stack_pointer_rtx,
++ GEN_INT (-4 * nr_regs)));
++ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (tmp) = 1;
++ XVECEXP (dwarf, 0, 0) = tmp;
++ REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, dwarf,
++ REG_NOTES (insn));
++ return insn;
++}
++
++rtx
++avr32_gen_load_multiple (rtx * regs, int count, rtx from,
++ int write_back, int in_struct_p, int scalar_p)
++{
++
++ rtx result;
++ int i = 0, j;
++
++ result =
++ gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count + (write_back ? 1 : 0)));
++
++ if (write_back)
++ {
++ XVECEXP (result, 0, 0)
++ = gen_rtx_SET (GET_MODE (from), from,
++ plus_constant (from, count * 4));
++ i = 1;
++ count++;
++ }
++
++
++ for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
++ {
++ rtx unspec;
++ rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (from, j * 4));
++ MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (mem) = in_struct_p;
++ MEM_SCALAR_P (mem) = scalar_p;
++ unspec = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (1, mem), UNSPEC_LDM);
++ XVECEXP (result, 0, i) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, regs[j], unspec);
++ }
++
++ return result;
++}
++
++
++rtx
++avr32_gen_store_multiple (rtx * regs, int count, rtx to,
++ int in_struct_p, int scalar_p)
++{
++ rtx result;
++ int i = 0, j;
++
++ result = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (count));
++
++ for (j = 0; i < count; i++, j++)
++ {
++ rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (to, j * 4));
++ MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (mem) = in_struct_p;
++ MEM_SCALAR_P (mem) = scalar_p;
++ XVECEXP (result, 0, i)
++ = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem,
++ gen_rtx_UNSPEC (VOIDmode,
++ gen_rtvec (1, regs[j]),
++ UNSPEC_STORE_MULTIPLE));
++ }
++
++ return result;
++}
++
++
++/* Move a block of memory if it is word aligned or we support unaligned
++ word memory accesses. The size must be maximum 64 bytes. */
++int
++avr32_gen_movmemsi (rtx * operands)
++{
++ HOST_WIDE_INT bytes_to_go;
++ rtx src, dst;
++ rtx st_src, st_dst;
++ int src_offset = 0, dst_offset = 0;
++ int block_size;
++ int dst_in_struct_p, src_in_struct_p;
++ int dst_scalar_p, src_scalar_p;
++ int unaligned;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT
++ || GET_CODE (operands[3]) != CONST_INT
++ || INTVAL (operands[2]) > 64
++ || ((INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3) && !TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD))
++ return 0;
++
++ unaligned = (INTVAL (operands[3]) & 3) != 0;
++
++ block_size = 4;
++
++ st_dst = XEXP (operands[0], 0);
++ st_src = XEXP (operands[1], 0);
++
++ dst_in_struct_p = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (operands[0]);
++ dst_scalar_p = MEM_SCALAR_P (operands[0]);
++ src_in_struct_p = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (operands[1]);
++ src_scalar_p = MEM_SCALAR_P (operands[1]);
++
++ dst = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, st_dst);
++ src = copy_to_mode_reg (SImode, st_src);
++
++ bytes_to_go = INTVAL (operands[2]);
++
++ while (bytes_to_go)
++ {
++ enum machine_mode move_mode;
++ /* (Seems to be a problem with reloads for the movti pattern so this is
++ disabled until that problem is resolved)
++ UPDATE: Problem seems to be solved now.... */
++ if (bytes_to_go >= GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode) && !unaligned
++ /* Do not emit ldm/stm for UC3 as ld.d/st.d is more optimal. */
++ && !TARGET_ARCH_UC)
++ move_mode = TImode;
++ else if ((bytes_to_go >= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode)) && !unaligned)
++ move_mode = DImode;
++ else if (bytes_to_go >= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode))
++ move_mode = SImode;
++ else
++ move_mode = QImode;
++
++ {
++ rtx src_mem;
++ rtx dst_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (move_mode,
++ gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, dst,
++ GEN_INT (dst_offset)));
++ dst_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (move_mode);
++ if ( 0 /* This causes an error in GCC. Think there is
++ something wrong in the gcse pass which causes REQ_EQUIV notes
++ to be wrong so disabling it for now. */
++ && move_mode == TImode
++ && INTVAL (operands[2]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (TImode) )
++ {
++ src_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (move_mode,
++ gen_rtx_POST_INC (SImode, src));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ src_mem = gen_rtx_MEM (move_mode,
++ gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, src,
++ GEN_INT (src_offset)));
++ src_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (move_mode);
++ }
++
++ bytes_to_go -= GET_MODE_SIZE (move_mode);
++
++ MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dst_mem) = dst_in_struct_p;
++ MEM_SCALAR_P (dst_mem) = dst_scalar_p;
++
++ MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (src_mem) = src_in_struct_p;
++ MEM_SCALAR_P (src_mem) = src_scalar_p;
++ emit_move_insn (dst_mem, src_mem);
++
++ }
++ }
++
++ return 1;
++}
++
++
++/* Expand the prologue instruction. */
++void
++avr32_expand_prologue (void)
++{
++ rtx insn, dwarf;
++ unsigned long saved_reg_mask;
++ int reglist8 = 0;
++
++ /* Naked functions do not have a prologue. */
++ if (IS_NAKED (avr32_current_func_type ()))
++ return;
++
++ saved_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask)
++ {
++ /* Must push used registers. */
++
++ /* Should we use POPM or LDM? */
++ int usePUSHM = TRUE;
++ reglist8 = 0;
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++ {
++ /* One of R0-R3 should at least be pushed. */
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++ {
++ /* All should be pushed. */
++ reglist8 |= 0x01;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ usePUSHM = FALSE;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++ {
++ /* One of R4-R7 should at least be pushed */
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++ {
++ if (usePUSHM)
++ /* All should be pushed */
++ reglist8 |= 0x02;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ usePUSHM = FALSE;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++ {
++ /* One of R8-R9 should at least be pushed. */
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++ {
++ if (usePUSHM)
++ /* All should be pushed. */
++ reglist8 |= 0x04;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ usePUSHM = FALSE;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 10))
++ reglist8 |= 0x08;
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 11))
++ reglist8 |= 0x10;
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 12))
++ reglist8 |= 0x20;
++
++ if ((saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM)))
++ && !IS_FLASHVAULT (avr32_current_func_type ()))
++ {
++ /* Push LR */
++ reglist8 |= 0x40;
++ }
++
++ if (usePUSHM)
++ {
++ insn = emit_multi_reg_push (reglist8, TRUE);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ insn = emit_multi_reg_push (saved_reg_mask, FALSE);
++ }
++ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++
++ /* Prevent this instruction from being scheduled after any other
++ instructions. */
++ emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++ }
++
++ /* Set frame pointer */
++ if (frame_pointer_needed)
++ {
++ insn = emit_move_insn (frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx);
++ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++ }
++
++ if (get_frame_size () > 0)
++ {
++ if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (get_frame_size (), 'K', "Ks21"))
++ {
++ insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++ stack_pointer_rtx,
++ gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode,
++ stack_pointer_rtx,
++ gen_rtx_CONST_INT
++ (SImode,
++ -get_frame_size
++ ()))));
++ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Immediate is larger than k21 We must either check if we can use
++ one of the pushed reegisters as temporary storage or we must
++ make us a temp register by pushing a register to the stack. */
++ rtx temp_reg, const_pool_entry, insn;
++ if (saved_reg_mask)
++ {
++ temp_reg =
++ gen_rtx_REG (SImode,
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM (avr32_get_saved_reg
++ (saved_reg_mask)));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ temp_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, INTERNAL_REGNUM (7));
++ emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM
++ (SImode,
++ gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx)),
++ temp_reg);
++ }
++
++ const_pool_entry =
++ force_const_mem (SImode,
++ gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, get_frame_size ()));
++ emit_move_insn (temp_reg, const_pool_entry);
++
++ insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (SImode,
++ stack_pointer_rtx,
++ gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode,
++ stack_pointer_rtx,
++ temp_reg)));
++
++ dwarf = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
++ gen_rtx_PLUS (SImode, stack_pointer_rtx,
++ GEN_INT (-get_frame_size ())));
++ REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
++ dwarf, REG_NOTES (insn));
++ RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
++
++ if (!saved_reg_mask)
++ {
++ insn =
++ emit_move_insn (temp_reg,
++ gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
++ gen_rtx_POST_INC (SImode,
++ gen_rtx_REG
++ (SImode,
++ 13))));
++ }
++
++ /* Mark the temp register as dead */
++ REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, temp_reg,
++ REG_NOTES (insn));
++
++
++ }
++
++ /* Prevent the the stack adjustment to be scheduled after any
++ instructions using the frame pointer. */
++ emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++ }
++
++ /* Load GOT */
++ if (flag_pic)
++ {
++ avr32_load_pic_register ();
++
++ /* gcc does not know that load or call instructions might use the pic
++ register so it might schedule these instructions before the loading
++ of the pic register. To avoid this emit a barrier for now. TODO!
++ Find out a better way to let gcc know which instructions might use
++ the pic register. */
++ emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
++ }
++ return;
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_set_return_address (rtx source, rtx scratch)
++{
++ rtx addr;
++ unsigned long saved_regs;
++
++ saved_regs = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++
++ if (!(saved_regs & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM))))
++ emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, LR_REGNUM), source);
++ else
++ {
++ if (frame_pointer_needed)
++ addr = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
++ else
++ if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (get_frame_size (), 'K', "Ks16"))
++ {
++ addr = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, get_frame_size ());
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ emit_insn (gen_movsi (scratch, GEN_INT (get_frame_size ())));
++ addr = scratch;
++ }
++ emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr), source);
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Return the length of INSN. LENGTH is the initial length computed by
++ attributes in the machine-description file. */
++int
++avr32_adjust_insn_length (rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ int length ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ return length;
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_output_return_instruction (int single_ret_inst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ int iscond ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ rtx cond ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx r12_imm)
++{
++
++ unsigned long saved_reg_mask;
++ int insert_ret = TRUE;
++ int reglist8 = 0;
++ int stack_adjustment = get_frame_size ();
++ unsigned int func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++ FILE *f = asm_out_file;
++
++ /* Naked functions does not have an epilogue */
++ if (IS_NAKED (func_type))
++ return;
++
++ saved_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (FALSE);
++
++ /* Reset frame pointer */
++ if (stack_adjustment > 0)
++ {
++ if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (stack_adjustment, 'I', "Is21"))
++ {
++ fprintf (f, "\tsub\tsp, %i # Reset Frame Pointer\n",
++ -stack_adjustment);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* TODO! Is it safe to use r8 as scratch?? */
++ fprintf (f, "\tmov\tr8, lo(%i) # Reset Frame Pointer\n",
++ -stack_adjustment);
++ fprintf (f, "\torh\tr8, hi(%i) # Reset Frame Pointer\n",
++ -stack_adjustment);
++ fprintf (f, "\tadd\tsp, r8 # Reset Frame Pointer\n");
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask)
++ {
++ /* Must pop used registers */
++
++ /* Should we use POPM or LDM? */
++ int usePOPM = TRUE;
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++ {
++ /* One of R0-R3 should at least be popped */
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 0)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 1)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 2)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 3))))
++ {
++ /* All should be popped */
++ reglist8 |= 0x01;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ usePOPM = FALSE;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) ||
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++ {
++ /* One of R0-R3 should at least be popped */
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 4)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 5)) &&
++ (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 6)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 7))))
++ {
++ if (usePOPM)
++ /* All should be popped */
++ reglist8 |= 0x02;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ usePOPM = FALSE;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) || (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++ {
++ /* One of R8-R9 should at least be pushed */
++ if (((saved_reg_mask & (1 << 8)) && (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 9))))
++ {
++ if (usePOPM)
++ /* All should be pushed */
++ reglist8 |= 0x04;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ usePOPM = FALSE;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 10))
++ reglist8 |= 0x08;
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 11))
++ reglist8 |= 0x10;
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << 12))
++ reglist8 |= 0x20;
++
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (LR_REGNUM)))
++ /* Pop LR */
++ reglist8 |= 0x40;
++
++ if ((saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)))
++ && !IS_FLASHVAULT_IMPL (func_type))
++ /* Pop LR into PC. */
++ reglist8 |= 0x80;
++
++ if (usePOPM)
++ {
++ char reglist[64]; /* 64 bytes should be enough... */
++ avr32_make_reglist8 (reglist8, (char *) reglist);
++
++ if (reglist8 & 0x80)
++ /* This instruction is also a return */
++ insert_ret = FALSE;
++
++ if (r12_imm && !insert_ret)
++ fprintf (f, "\tpopm\t%s, r12=%li\n", reglist, INTVAL (r12_imm));
++ else
++ fprintf (f, "\tpopm\t%s\n", reglist);
++
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ char reglist[64]; /* 64 bytes should be enough... */
++ avr32_make_reglist16 (saved_reg_mask, (char *) reglist);
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << ASM_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)))
++ /* This instruction is also a return */
++ insert_ret = FALSE;
++
++ if (r12_imm && !insert_ret)
++ fprintf (f, "\tldm\tsp++, %s, r12=%li\n", reglist,
++ INTVAL (r12_imm));
++ else
++ fprintf (f, "\tldm\tsp++, %s\n", reglist);
++
++ }
++
++ }
++
++ /* Stack adjustment for exception handler. */
++ if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
++ fprintf (f, "\tadd\tsp, r%d\n", ASM_REGNUM (EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_REGNO));
++
++
++ if (IS_INTERRUPT (func_type))
++ {
++ fprintf (f, "\trete\n");
++ }
++ else if (IS_FLASHVAULT (func_type))
++ {
++ /* Normal return from Secure System call, increment SS_RAR before
++ returning. Use R8 as scratch. */
++ fprintf (f,
++ "\t# Normal return from sscall.\n"
++ "\t# Increment SS_RAR before returning.\n"
++ "\t# Use R8 as scratch.\n"
++ "\tmfsr\tr8, 440\n"
++ "\tsub\tr8, -2\n"
++ "\tmtsr\t440, r8\n"
++ "\tretss\n");
++ }
++ else if (insert_ret)
++ {
++ if (r12_imm)
++ fprintf (f, "\tretal\t%li\n", INTVAL (r12_imm));
++ else
++ fprintf (f, "\tretal\tr12\n");
++ }
++}
++
++void
++avr32_make_reglist16 (int reglist16_vect, char *reglist16_string)
++{
++ int i;
++ bool first_reg = true;
++ /* Make sure reglist16_string is empty. */
++ reglist16_string[0] = '\0';
++
++ for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
++ {
++ if (reglist16_vect & (1 << i))
++ {
++ first_reg == true ? first_reg = false : strcat(reglist16_string,", ");
++ strcat (reglist16_string, reg_names[INTERNAL_REGNUM (i)]);
++ }
++ }
++}
++
++int
++avr32_convert_to_reglist16 (int reglist8_vect)
++{
++ int reglist16_vect = 0;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x1)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0xF;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x2)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0xF0;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x4)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0x300;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x8)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0x400;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x10)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0x800;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x20)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0x1000;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x40)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0x4000;
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x80)
++ reglist16_vect |= 0x8000;
++
++ return reglist16_vect;
++}
++
++void
++avr32_make_reglist8 (int reglist8_vect, char *reglist8_string)
++{
++ /* Make sure reglist8_string is empty. */
++ reglist8_string[0] = '\0';
++
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x1)
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "r0-r3");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x2)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", r4-r7") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "r4-r7");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x4)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", r8-r9") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "r8-r9");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x8)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", r10") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "r10");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x10)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", r11") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "r11");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x20)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", r12") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "r12");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x40)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", lr") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "lr");
++ if (reglist8_vect & 0x80)
++ strlen (reglist8_string) ? strcat (reglist8_string, ", pc") :
++ strcpy (reglist8_string, "pc");
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_eh_return_data_regno (int n)
++{
++ if (n >= 0 && n <= 3)
++ return 8 + n;
++ else
++ return INVALID_REGNUM;
++}
++
++
++/* Compute the distance from register FROM to register TO.
++ These can be the arg pointer, the frame pointer or
++ the stack pointer.
++ Typical stack layout looks like this:
++
++ old stack pointer -> | |
++ ----
++ | | \
++ | | saved arguments for
++ | | vararg functions
++ arg_pointer -> | | /
++ --
++ | | \
++ | | call saved
++ | | registers
++ | | /
++ frame ptr -> --
++ | | \
++ | | local
++ | | variables
++ stack ptr --> | | /
++ --
++ | | \
++ | | outgoing
++ | | arguments
++ | | /
++ --
++
++ For a given funciton some or all of these stack compomnents
++ may not be needed, giving rise to the possibility of
++ eliminating some of the registers.
++
++ The values returned by this function must reflect the behaviour
++ of avr32_expand_prologue() and avr32_compute_save_reg_mask().
++
++ The sign of the number returned reflects the direction of stack
++ growth, so the values are positive for all eliminations except
++ from the soft frame pointer to the hard frame pointer. */
++int
++avr32_initial_elimination_offset (int from, int to)
++{
++ int i;
++ int call_saved_regs = 0;
++ unsigned long saved_reg_mask;
++ unsigned int local_vars = get_frame_size ();
++
++ saved_reg_mask = avr32_compute_save_reg_mask (TRUE);
++
++ for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
++ {
++ if (saved_reg_mask & (1 << i))
++ call_saved_regs += 4;
++ }
++
++ switch (from)
++ {
++ case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
++ switch (to)
++ {
++ case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
++ return call_saved_regs + local_vars;
++ case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
++ return call_saved_regs;
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++ case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
++ switch (to)
++ {
++ case STACK_POINTER_REGNUM:
++ return local_vars;
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ }
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Returns a rtx used when passing the next argument to a function.
++ avr32_init_cumulative_args() and avr32_function_arg_advance() sets which
++ register to use.
++*/
++rtx
++avr32_function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, enum machine_mode mode,
++ tree type, int named)
++{
++ int index = -1;
++ //unsigned long func_type = avr32_current_func_type ();
++ //int last_reg_index = (IS_FLASHVAULT(func_type) || IS_FLASHVAULT_IMPL(func_type) || cum->flashvault_func ? LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX - 1 : LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX);
++ int last_reg_index = (cum->flashvault_func ? LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX - 1 : LAST_CUM_REG_INDEX);
++
++ HOST_WIDE_INT arg_size, arg_rsize;
++ if (type)
++ {
++ arg_size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ arg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
++ }
++ arg_rsize = PUSH_ROUNDING (arg_size);
++
++ /*
++ The last time this macro is called, it is called with mode == VOIDmode,
++ and its result is passed to the call or call_value pattern as operands 2
++ and 3 respectively. */
++ if (mode == VOIDmode)
++ {
++ return gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode, 22); /* ToDo: fixme. */
++ }
++
++ if ((*targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack) (mode, type) || !named)
++ {
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++
++ if (arg_rsize == 8)
++ {
++ /* use r11:r10 or r9:r8. */
++ if (!(GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 1) || GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 2)))
++ index = 1;
++ else if ((last_reg_index == 4) &&
++ !(GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 3) || GET_USED_INDEX (cum, 4)))
++ index = 3;
++ else
++ index = -1;
++ }
++ else if (arg_rsize == 4)
++ { /* Use first available register */
++ index = 0;
++ while (index <= last_reg_index && GET_USED_INDEX (cum, index))
++ index++;
++ if (index > last_reg_index)
++ index = -1;
++ }
++
++ SET_REG_INDEX (cum, index);
++
++ if (GET_REG_INDEX (cum) >= 0)
++ return gen_rtx_REG (mode, avr32_function_arg_reglist[GET_REG_INDEX (cum)]);
++
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/* Set the register used for passing the first argument to a function. */
++void
++avr32_init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum,
++ tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ tree fndecl)
++{
++ /* Set all registers as unused. */
++ SET_INDEXES_UNUSED (cum);
++
++ /* Reset uses_anonymous_args */
++ cum->uses_anonymous_args = 0;
++
++ /* Reset size of stack pushed arguments */
++ cum->stack_pushed_args_size = 0;
++
++ cum->flashvault_func = (fndecl && (has_attribute_p (fndecl,"flashvault") || has_attribute_p (fndecl,"flashvault_impl")));
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Set register used for passing the next argument to a function. Only the
++ Scratch Registers are used.
++
++ number name
++ 15 r15 PC
++ 14 r14 LR
++ 13 r13 _SP_________
++ FIRST_CUM_REG 12 r12 _||_
++ 10 r11 ||
++ 11 r10 _||_ Scratch Registers
++ 8 r9 ||
++ LAST_SCRATCH_REG 9 r8 _\/_________
++ 6 r7 /\
++ 7 r6 ||
++ 4 r5 ||
++ 5 r4 ||
++ 2 r3 ||
++ 3 r2 ||
++ 0 r1 ||
++ 1 r0 _||_________
++
++*/
++void
++avr32_function_arg_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS * cum, enum machine_mode mode,
++ tree type, int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ HOST_WIDE_INT arg_size, arg_rsize;
++
++ if (type)
++ {
++ arg_size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ arg_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
++ }
++ arg_rsize = PUSH_ROUNDING (arg_size);
++
++ /* If the argument had to be passed in stack, no register is used. */
++ if ((*targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack) (mode, type))
++ {
++ cum->stack_pushed_args_size += PUSH_ROUNDING (int_size_in_bytes (type));
++ return;
++ }
++
++ /* Mark the used registers as "used". */
++ if (GET_REG_INDEX (cum) >= 0)
++ {
++ SET_USED_INDEX (cum, GET_REG_INDEX (cum));
++ if (arg_rsize == 8)
++ {
++ SET_USED_INDEX (cum, (GET_REG_INDEX (cum) + 1));
++ }
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Had to use stack */
++ cum->stack_pushed_args_size += arg_rsize;
++ }
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Defines witch direction to go to find the next register to use if the
++ argument is larger then one register or for arguments shorter than an
++ int which is not promoted, such as the last part of structures with
++ size not a multiple of 4. */
++enum direction
++avr32_function_arg_padding (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ tree type)
++{
++ /* Pad upward for all aggregates except byte and halfword sized aggregates
++ which can be passed in registers. */
++ if (type
++ && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++ && (int_size_in_bytes (type) != 1)
++ && !((int_size_in_bytes (type) == 2)
++ && TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (type) >= 2)
++ && (int_size_in_bytes (type) & 0x3))
++ {
++ return upward;
++ }
++
++ return downward;
++}
++
++
++/* Return a rtx used for the return value from a function call. */
++rtx
++avr32_function_value (tree type, tree func, bool outgoing ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ if (avr32_return_in_memory (type, func))
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ if (int_size_in_bytes (type) <= 4)
++ {
++ enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
++ int unsignedp = 0;
++ PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE (mode, unsignedp, type);
++ return gen_rtx_REG (mode, RET_REGISTER);
++ }
++ else if (int_size_in_bytes (type) <= 8)
++ return gen_rtx_REG (TYPE_MODE (type), INTERNAL_REGNUM (11));
++
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/* Return a rtx used for the return value from a library function call. */
++rtx
++avr32_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode)
++{
++
++ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
++ return gen_rtx_REG (mode, RET_REGISTER);
++ else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 8)
++ return gen_rtx_REG (mode, INTERNAL_REGNUM (11));
++ else
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/* Return TRUE if X references a SYMBOL_REF. */
++int
++symbol_mentioned_p (rtx x)
++{
++ const char *fmt;
++ int i;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
++ return 1;
++
++ fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
++
++ for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
++ {
++ if (fmt[i] == 'E')
++ {
++ int j;
++
++ for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
++ if (symbol_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
++ return 1;
++ }
++ else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && symbol_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
++ return 1;
++ }
++
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++/* Return TRUE if X references a LABEL_REF. */
++int
++label_mentioned_p (rtx x)
++{
++ const char *fmt;
++ int i;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
++ return 1;
++
++ fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
++ for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
++ {
++ if (fmt[i] == 'E')
++ {
++ int j;
++
++ for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
++ if (label_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
++ return 1;
++ }
++ else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && label_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
++ return 1;
++ }
++
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++/* Return TRUE if X contains a MEM expression. */
++int
++mem_mentioned_p (rtx x)
++{
++ const char *fmt;
++ int i;
++
++ if (MEM_P (x))
++ return 1;
++
++ fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
++ for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
++ {
++ if (fmt[i] == 'E')
++ {
++ int j;
++
++ for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
++ if (mem_mentioned_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j)))
++ return 1;
++ }
++ else if (fmt[i] == 'e' && mem_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, i)))
++ return 1;
++ }
++
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x)
++{
++
++ /* We can't have const, this must be broken down to a symbol. */
++ if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
++ return FALSE;
++
++ /* Can't access symbols or labels via the constant pool either */
++ if ((GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
++ && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
++ && (symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
++ || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x)))))
++ return FALSE;
++
++ return TRUE;
++}
++
++
++rtx
++legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ rtx reg)
++{
++
++ if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
++ {
++ int subregs = 0;
++
++ if (reg == 0)
++ {
++ if (!can_create_pseudo_p ())
++ abort ();
++ else
++ reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
++
++ subregs = 1;
++ }
++
++ emit_move_insn (reg, orig);
++
++ /* Only set current function as using pic offset table if flag_pic is
++ set. This is because this function is also used if
++ TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS is set. */
++ if (flag_pic)
++ crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
++
++ /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized by
++ loop. */
++ return reg;
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
++ {
++ rtx base, offset;
++
++ if (flag_pic
++ && GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
++ && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
++ return orig;
++
++ if (reg == 0)
++ {
++ if (!can_create_pseudo_p ())
++ abort ();
++ else
++ reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
++ }
++
++ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS)
++ {
++ base =
++ legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
++ offset =
++ legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
++ base == reg ? 0 : reg);
++ }
++ else
++ abort ();
++
++ if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
++ {
++ /* The base register doesn't really matter, we only want to test
++ the index for the appropriate mode. */
++ if (!avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (offset), 'I', "Is21"))
++ {
++ if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
++ offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
++ else
++ abort ();
++ }
++
++ if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
++ return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
++ }
++
++ return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
++ }
++
++ return orig;
++}
++
++
++/* Generate code to load the PIC register. */
++void
++avr32_load_pic_register (void)
++{
++ rtx l1, pic_tmp;
++ rtx global_offset_table;
++
++ if ((crtl->uses_pic_offset_table == 0) || TARGET_NO_INIT_GOT)
++ return;
++
++ if (!flag_pic)
++ abort ();
++
++ l1 = gen_label_rtx ();
++
++ global_offset_table = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
++ pic_tmp =
++ gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode,
++ gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, l1),
++ global_offset_table));
++ emit_insn (gen_pic_load_addr
++ (pic_offset_table_rtx, force_const_mem (SImode, pic_tmp)));
++ emit_insn (gen_pic_compute_got_from_pc (pic_offset_table_rtx, l1));
++
++ /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls, since setjmp/longjmp
++ can cause life info to screw up. */
++ emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, pic_offset_table_rtx));
++}
++
++
++/* This hook should return true if values of type type are returned at the most
++ significant end of a register (in other words, if they are padded at the
++ least significant end). You can assume that type is returned in a register;
++ the caller is required to check this. Note that the register provided by
++ FUNCTION_VALUE must be able to hold the complete return value. For example,
++ if a 1-, 2- or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a
++ 4-byte register, FUNCTION_VALUE should provide an SImode rtx. */
++bool
++avr32_return_in_msb (tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ /* if ( AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) ) if ((int_size_in_bytes(type) == 1) ||
++ ((int_size_in_bytes(type) == 2) && TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT(type) >= 2)) return
++ false; else return true; */
++
++ return false;
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Returns one if a certain function value is going to be returned in memory
++ and zero if it is going to be returned in a register.
++
++ BLKmode and all other modes that is larger than 64 bits are returned in
++ memory.
++*/
++bool
++avr32_return_in_memory (tree type, tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ if (TYPE_MODE (type) == VOIDmode)
++ return false;
++
++ if (int_size_in_bytes (type) > (2 * UNITS_PER_WORD)
++ || int_size_in_bytes (type) == -1)
++ {
++ return true;
++ }
++
++ /* If we have an aggregate then use the same mechanism as when checking if
++ it should be passed on the stack. */
++ if (type
++ && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
++ && (*targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack) (TYPE_MODE (type), type))
++ return true;
++
++ return false;
++}
++
++
++/* Output the constant part of the trampoline.
++ lddpc r0, pc[0x8:e] ; load static chain register
++ lddpc pc, pc[0x8:e] ; jump to subrutine
++ .long 0 ; Address to static chain,
++ ; filled in by avr32_initialize_trampoline()
++ .long 0 ; Address to subrutine,
++ ; filled in by avr32_initialize_trampoline()
++*/
++void
++avr32_trampoline_template (FILE * file)
++{
++ fprintf (file, "\tlddpc r0, pc[8]\n");
++ fprintf (file, "\tlddpc pc, pc[8]\n");
++ /* make room for the address of the static chain. */
++ fprintf (file, "\t.long\t0\n");
++ /* make room for the address to the subrutine. */
++ fprintf (file, "\t.long\t0\n");
++}
++
++
++/* Initialize the variable parts of a trampoline. */
++void
++avr32_initialize_trampoline (rtx addr, rtx fnaddr, rtx static_chain)
++{
++ /* Store the address to the static chain. */
++ emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM
++ (SImode, plus_constant (addr, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE - 4)),
++ static_chain);
++
++ /* Store the address to the function. */
++ emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, plus_constant (addr, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE)),
++ fnaddr);
++
++ emit_insn (gen_cache (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, 13),
++ gen_rtx_CONST_INT (SImode,
++ AVR32_CACHE_INVALIDATE_ICACHE)));
++}
++
++
++/* Return nonzero if X is valid as an addressing register. */
++int
++avr32_address_register_rtx_p (rtx x, int strict_p)
++{
++ int regno;
++
++ if (!register_operand(x, GET_MODE(x)))
++ return 0;
++
++ /* If strict we require the register to be a hard register. */
++ if (strict_p
++ && !REG_P(x))
++ return 0;
++
++ regno = REGNO (x);
++
++ if (strict_p)
++ return REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno);
++
++ return (regno <= LAST_REGNUM || regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
++}
++
++
++/* Return nonzero if INDEX is valid for an address index operand. */
++int
++avr32_legitimate_index_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx index, int strict_p)
++{
++ enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (index);
++
++ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 8)
++ return 0;
++
++ /* Standard coprocessor addressing modes. */
++ if (code == CONST_INT)
++ {
++ return CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P (INTVAL (index), 'K', "Ks16");
++ }
++
++ if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (index, strict_p))
++ return 1;
++
++ if (code == MULT)
++ {
++ rtx xiop0 = XEXP (index, 0);
++ rtx xiop1 = XEXP (index, 1);
++ return ((avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xiop0, strict_p)
++ && power_of_two_operand (xiop1, SImode)
++ && (INTVAL (xiop1) <= 8))
++ || (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xiop1, strict_p)
++ && power_of_two_operand (xiop0, SImode)
++ && (INTVAL (xiop0) <= 8)));
++ }
++ else if (code == ASHIFT)
++ {
++ rtx op = XEXP (index, 1);
++
++ return (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (index, 0), strict_p)
++ && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
++ && INTVAL (op) > 0 && INTVAL (op) <= 3);
++ }
++
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Used in the GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS macro. Returns a nonzero value if
++ the RTX x is a legitimate memory address.
++
++ Returns NO_REGS if the address is not legatime, GENERAL_REGS or ALL_REGS
++ if it is.
++*/
++
++
++/* Forward declaration */
++int is_minipool_label (rtx label);
++
++int
++avr32_legitimate_address (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict)
++{
++
++ switch (GET_CODE (x))
++ {
++ case REG:
++ return avr32_address_register_rtx_p (x, strict);
++ case CONST_INT:
++ return ((mode==SImode) && TARGET_RMW_ADDRESSABLE_DATA
++ && CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P(INTVAL(x), 'K', "Ks17"));
++ case CONST:
++ {
++ rtx label = avr32_find_symbol (x);
++ if (label
++ &&
++ (/*
++ If we enable (const (plus (symbol_ref ...))) type constant
++ pool entries we must add support for it in the predicates and
++ in the minipool generation in avr32_reorg().
++ (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (label)
++ && !(flag_pic
++ && (symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (label))
++ || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (label)))))
++ ||*/
++ ((GET_CODE (label) == LABEL_REF)
++ && GET_CODE (XEXP (label, 0)) == CODE_LABEL
++ && is_minipool_label (XEXP (label, 0)))
++ /*|| ((GET_CODE (label) == SYMBOL_REF)
++ && mode == SImode
++ && SYMBOL_REF_RMW_ADDR(label))*/))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++ }
++ break;
++ case LABEL_REF:
++ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CODE_LABEL
++ && is_minipool_label (XEXP (x, 0)))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++ break;
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ {
++ if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x)
++ && !(flag_pic
++ && (symbol_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x))
++ || label_mentioned_p (get_pool_constant (x)))))
++ return TRUE;
++ else if (SYMBOL_REF_RCALL_FUNCTION_P (x)
++ || (mode == SImode
++ && SYMBOL_REF_RMW_ADDR (x)))
++ return TRUE;
++ break;
++ }
++ case PRE_DEC: /* (pre_dec (...)) */
++ case POST_INC: /* (post_inc (...)) */
++ return avr32_address_register_rtx_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict);
++ case PLUS: /* (plus (...) (...)) */
++ {
++ rtx xop0 = XEXP (x, 0);
++ rtx xop1 = XEXP (x, 1);
++
++ return ((avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xop0, strict)
++ && avr32_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop1, strict))
++ || (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (xop1, strict)
++ && avr32_legitimate_index_p (mode, xop0, strict)));
++ }
++ default:
++ break;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_const_ok_for_move (HOST_WIDE_INT c)
++{
++ if ( TARGET_V2_INSNS )
++ return ( avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (c, 'K', "Ks21")
++ /* movh instruction */
++ || avr32_hi16_immediate_operand (GEN_INT(c), VOIDmode) );
++ else
++ return avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (c, 'K', "Ks21");
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_const_double_immediate (rtx value)
++{
++ HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (value) != CONST_DOUBLE)
++ return FALSE;
++
++ if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (value)))
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT target_float[2];
++ hi = lo = 0;
++ real_to_target (target_float, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (value),
++ GET_MODE (value));
++ lo = target_float[0];
++ hi = target_float[1];
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (value);
++ lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (value);
++ }
++
++ if (avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (lo, 'K', "Ks21")
++ && (GET_MODE (value) == SFmode
++ || avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (hi, 'K', "Ks21")))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_legitimate_constant_p (rtx x)
++{
++ switch (GET_CODE (x))
++ {
++ case CONST_INT:
++ /* Check if we should put large immediate into constant pool
++ or load them directly with mov/orh.*/
++ if (!avr32_imm_in_const_pool)
++ return 1;
++
++ return avr32_const_ok_for_move (INTVAL (x));
++ case CONST_DOUBLE:
++ /* Check if we should put large immediate into constant pool
++ or load them directly with mov/orh.*/
++ if (!avr32_imm_in_const_pool)
++ return 1;
++
++ if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode
++ || GET_MODE (x) == DFmode || GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
++ return avr32_const_double_immediate (x);
++ else
++ return 0;
++ case LABEL_REF:
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ return avr32_find_symbol (x) && (flag_pic || TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS);
++ case CONST:
++ case HIGH:
++ case CONST_VECTOR:
++ return 0;
++ default:
++ printf ("%s():\n", __FUNCTION__);
++ debug_rtx (x);
++ return 1;
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Strip any special encoding from labels */
++const char *
++avr32_strip_name_encoding (const char *name)
++{
++ const char *stripped = name;
++
++ while (1)
++ {
++ switch (stripped[0])
++ {
++ case '#':
++ stripped = strchr (name + 1, '#') + 1;
++ break;
++ case '*':
++ stripped = &stripped[1];
++ break;
++ default:
++ return stripped;
++ }
++ }
++}
++
++
++
++/* Do anything needed before RTL is emitted for each function. */
++static struct machine_function *
++avr32_init_machine_status (void)
++{
++ struct machine_function *machine;
++ machine =
++ (machine_function *) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (machine_function));
++
++#if AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN != 0
++ machine->func_type = AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN;
++#endif
++
++ machine->minipool_label_head = 0;
++ machine->minipool_label_tail = 0;
++ machine->ifcvt_after_reload = 0;
++ return machine;
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_init_expanders (void)
++{
++ /* Arrange to initialize and mark the machine per-function status. */
++ init_machine_status = avr32_init_machine_status;
++}
++
++
++/* Return an RTX indicating where the return address to the
++ calling function can be found. */
++rtx
++avr32_return_addr (int count, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ if (count != 0)
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, LR_REGNUM);
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first)
++{
++ default_encode_section_info(decl, rtl, first);
++
++ if ( TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
++ && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
++ && (lookup_attribute ("rmw_addressable", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
++ || TARGET_RMW_ADDRESSABLE_DATA) ){
++ if ( !TARGET_RMW || flag_pic )
++ return;
++ // {
++ // warning ("Using RMW addressable data with an arch that does not support RMW instructions.");
++ // return;
++ // }
++ //
++ //if ( flag_pic )
++ // {
++ // warning ("Using RMW addressable data with together with -fpic switch. Can not use RMW instruction when compiling with -fpic.");
++ // return;
++ // }
++ SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (XEXP (rtl, 0)) |= (1 << SYMBOL_FLAG_RMW_ADDR_SHIFT);
++ }
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_asm_output_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
++{
++ name = avr32_strip_name_encoding (name);
++
++ /* Print the label. */
++ assemble_name (stream, name);
++ fprintf (stream, ":\n");
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_asm_weaken_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
++{
++ fprintf (stream, "\t.weak ");
++ assemble_name (stream, name);
++ fprintf (stream, "\n");
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Checks if a labelref is equal to a reserved word in the assembler. If it is,
++ insert a '_' before the label name.
++*/
++void
++avr32_asm_output_labelref (FILE * stream, const char *name)
++{
++ int verbatim = FALSE;
++ const char *stripped = name;
++ int strip_finished = FALSE;
++
++ while (!strip_finished)
++ {
++ switch (stripped[0])
++ {
++ case '#':
++ stripped = strchr (name + 1, '#') + 1;
++ break;
++ case '*':
++ stripped = &stripped[1];
++ verbatim = TRUE;
++ break;
++ default:
++ strip_finished = TRUE;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (verbatim)
++ fputs (stripped, stream);
++ else
++ asm_fprintf (stream, "%U%s", stripped);
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Check if the comparison in compare_exp is redundant
++ for the condition given in next_cond given that the
++ needed flags are already set by an earlier instruction.
++ Uses cc_prev_status to check this.
++
++ Returns NULL_RTX if the compare is not redundant
++ or the new condition to use in the conditional
++ instruction if the compare is redundant.
++*/
++static rtx
++is_compare_redundant (rtx compare_exp, rtx next_cond)
++{
++ int z_flag_valid = FALSE;
++ int n_flag_valid = FALSE;
++ rtx new_cond;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (compare_exp) != COMPARE
++ && GET_CODE (compare_exp) != AND)
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++
++ if (rtx_equal_p (cc_prev_status.mdep.value, compare_exp))
++ {
++ /* cc0 already contains the correct comparison -> delete cmp insn */
++ return next_cond;
++ }
++
++ if (GET_MODE (compare_exp) != SImode)
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ switch (cc_prev_status.mdep.flags)
++ {
++ case CC_SET_VNCZ:
++ case CC_SET_NCZ:
++ n_flag_valid = TRUE;
++ case CC_SET_CZ:
++ case CC_SET_Z:
++ z_flag_valid = TRUE;
++ }
++
++ if (cc_prev_status.mdep.value
++ && GET_CODE (compare_exp) == COMPARE
++ && REG_P (XEXP (compare_exp, 0))
++ && REGNO (XEXP (compare_exp, 0)) == REGNO (cc_prev_status.mdep.value)
++ && GET_CODE (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == CONST_INT
++ && next_cond != NULL_RTX)
++ {
++ if (INTVAL (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == 0
++ && z_flag_valid
++ && (GET_CODE (next_cond) == EQ || GET_CODE (next_cond) == NE))
++ /* We can skip comparison Z flag is already reflecting ops[0] */
++ return next_cond;
++ else if (n_flag_valid
++ && ((INTVAL (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == 0
++ && (GET_CODE (next_cond) == GE
++ || GET_CODE (next_cond) == LT))
++ || (INTVAL (XEXP (compare_exp, 1)) == -1
++ && (GET_CODE (next_cond) == GT
++ || GET_CODE (next_cond) == LE))))
++ {
++ /* We can skip comparison N flag is already reflecting ops[0],
++ which means that we can use the mi/pl conditions to check if
++ ops[0] is GE or LT 0. */
++ if ((GET_CODE (next_cond) == GE) || (GET_CODE (next_cond) == GT))
++ new_cond =
++ gen_rtx_UNSPEC (GET_MODE (next_cond), gen_rtvec (2, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx),
++ UNSPEC_COND_PL);
++ else
++ new_cond =
++ gen_rtx_UNSPEC (GET_MODE (next_cond), gen_rtvec (2, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx),
++ UNSPEC_COND_MI);
++ return new_cond;
++ }
++ }
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/* Updates cc_status. */
++void
++avr32_notice_update_cc (rtx exp, rtx insn)
++{
++ enum attr_cc attr_cc = get_attr_cc (insn);
++
++ if ( attr_cc == CC_SET_Z_IF_NOT_V2 )
++ {
++ if (TARGET_V2_INSNS)
++ attr_cc = CC_NONE;
++ else
++ attr_cc = CC_SET_Z;
++ }
++
++ switch (attr_cc)
++ {
++ case CC_CALL_SET:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ /* Check if the function call returns a value in r12 */
++ if (REG_P (recog_data.operand[0])
++ && REGNO (recog_data.operand[0]) == RETVAL_REGNUM)
++ {
++ cc_status.flags = 0;
++ cc_status.mdep.value =
++ gen_rtx_COMPARE (SImode, recog_data.operand[0], const0_rtx);
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++
++ }
++ break;
++ case CC_COMPARE:
++ {
++ /* Check that compare will not be optimized away if so nothing should
++ be done */
++ rtx compare_exp = SET_SRC (exp);
++ /* Check if we have a tst expression. If so convert it to a
++ compare with 0. */
++ if ( REG_P (SET_SRC (exp)) )
++ compare_exp = gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (exp)),
++ SET_SRC (exp),
++ const0_rtx);
++
++ if (!next_insn_emits_cmp (insn)
++ && (is_compare_redundant (compare_exp, get_next_insn_cond (insn)) == NULL_RTX))
++ {
++
++ /* Reset the nonstandard flag */
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.flags = 0;
++ cc_status.mdep.value = compare_exp;
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ }
++ }
++ break;
++ case CC_CMP_COND_INSN:
++ {
++ /* Conditional insn that emit the compare itself. */
++ rtx cmp;
++ rtx cmp_op0, cmp_op1;
++ rtx cond;
++ rtx dest;
++ rtx next_insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
++
++ if ( GET_CODE (exp) == COND_EXEC )
++ {
++ cmp_op0 = XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (exp), 0);
++ cmp_op1 = XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (exp), 1);
++ cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (exp);
++ dest = SET_DEST (COND_EXEC_CODE (exp));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* If then else conditional. compare operands are in operands
++ 4 and 5. */
++ cmp_op0 = recog_data.operand[4];
++ cmp_op1 = recog_data.operand[5];
++ cond = recog_data.operand[1];
++ dest = SET_DEST (exp);
++ }
++
++ if ( GET_CODE (cmp_op0) == AND )
++ cmp = cmp_op0;
++ else
++ cmp = gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (cmp_op0),
++ cmp_op0,
++ cmp_op1);
++
++ /* Check if the conditional insns updates a register present
++ in the comparison, if so then we must reset the cc_status. */
++ if (REG_P (dest)
++ && (reg_mentioned_p (dest, cmp_op0)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (dest, cmp_op1))
++ && GET_CODE (exp) != COND_EXEC )
++ {
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ }
++ else if (is_compare_redundant (cmp, cond) == NULL_RTX)
++ {
++ /* Reset the nonstandard flag */
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ if ( GET_CODE (cmp_op0) == AND )
++ {
++ cc_status.flags = CC_INVERTED;
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_Z;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ cc_status.flags = 0;
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++ }
++ cc_status.mdep.value = cmp;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ }
++
++
++ /* Check if we have a COND_EXEC insn which updates one
++ of the registers in the compare status. */
++ if (REG_P (dest)
++ && (reg_mentioned_p (dest, cmp_op0)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (dest, cmp_op1))
++ && GET_CODE (exp) == COND_EXEC )
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 1;
++
++ if ( cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered
++ && GET_CODE (exp) == COND_EXEC
++ && next_insn != NULL
++ && INSN_P (next_insn)
++ && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == COND_EXEC
++ && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0), cmp_op0)
++ && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn)), 1), cmp_op1)
++ && (GET_CODE (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn))) == GET_CODE (cond)
++ || GET_CODE (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn))) == reverse_condition (GET_CODE (cond)))) )
++ {
++ /* We have a sequence of conditional insns where the compare status has been clobbered
++ since the compare no longer reflects the content of the values to compare. */
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 1;
++ }
++
++ }
++ break;
++ case CC_BLD:
++ /* Bit load is kind of like an inverted testsi, because the Z flag is
++ inverted */
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.flags = CC_INVERTED;
++ cc_status.mdep.value = SET_SRC (exp);
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_Z;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ break;
++ case CC_NONE:
++ /* Insn does not affect CC at all. Check if the instruction updates
++ some of the register currently reflected in cc0 */
++
++ if ((GET_CODE (exp) == SET)
++ && (cc_status.value1 || cc_status.value2 || cc_status.mdep.value)
++ && (reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (exp), cc_status.value1)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (exp), cc_status.value2)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (exp), cc_status.mdep.value)))
++ {
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ }
++
++ /* If this is a parallel we must step through each of the parallel
++ expressions */
++ if (GET_CODE (exp) == PARALLEL)
++ {
++ int i;
++ for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); ++i)
++ {
++ rtx vec_exp = XVECEXP (exp, 0, i);
++ if ((GET_CODE (vec_exp) == SET)
++ && (cc_status.value1 || cc_status.value2
++ || cc_status.mdep.value)
++ && (reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (vec_exp), cc_status.value1)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (vec_exp),
++ cc_status.value2)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (vec_exp),
++ cc_status.mdep.value)))
++ {
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* Check if we have memory opartions with post_inc or pre_dec on the
++ register currently reflected in cc0 */
++ if (GET_CODE (exp) == SET
++ && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == MEM
++ && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0)) == POST_INC
++ || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0)) == PRE_DEC)
++ &&
++ (reg_mentioned_p
++ (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0), 0), cc_status.value1)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0), 0),
++ cc_status.value2)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (exp), 0), 0),
++ cc_status.mdep.value)))
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (exp) == SET
++ && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (exp)) == MEM
++ && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0)) == POST_INC
++ || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0)) == PRE_DEC)
++ &&
++ (reg_mentioned_p
++ (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0), 0), cc_status.value1)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0), 0),
++ cc_status.value2)
++ || reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (XEXP (SET_DEST (exp), 0), 0),
++ cc_status.mdep.value)))
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ break;
++
++ case CC_SET_VNCZ:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_VNCZ;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ break;
++
++ case CC_SET_NCZ:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_NCZ;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ break;
++
++ case CC_SET_CZ:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_CZ;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ break;
++
++ case CC_SET_Z:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ cc_status.mdep.value = recog_data.operand[0];
++ cc_status.mdep.flags = CC_SET_Z;
++ cc_status.mdep.cond_exec_cmp_clobbered = 0;
++ break;
++
++ case CC_CLOBBER:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ break;
++
++ default:
++ CC_STATUS_INIT;
++ }
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Outputs to stdio stream stream the assembler syntax for an instruction
++ operand x. x is an RTL expression.
++*/
++void
++avr32_print_operand (FILE * stream, rtx x, int code)
++{
++ int error = 0;
++
++ if ( code == '?' )
++ {
++ /* Predicable instruction, print condition code */
++
++ /* If the insn should not be conditional then do nothing. */
++ if ( current_insn_predicate == NULL_RTX )
++ return;
++
++ /* Set x to the predicate to force printing
++ the condition later on. */
++ x = current_insn_predicate;
++
++ /* Reverse condition if useing bld insn. */
++ if ( GET_CODE (XEXP(current_insn_predicate,0)) == AND )
++ x = reversed_condition (current_insn_predicate);
++ }
++ else if ( code == '!' )
++ {
++ /* Output compare for conditional insn if needed. */
++ rtx new_cond;
++ gcc_assert ( current_insn_predicate != NULL_RTX );
++ new_cond = avr32_output_cmp(current_insn_predicate,
++ GET_MODE(XEXP(current_insn_predicate,0)),
++ XEXP(current_insn_predicate,0),
++ XEXP(current_insn_predicate,1));
++
++ /* Check if the new condition is a special avr32 condition
++ specified using UNSPECs. If so we must handle it differently. */
++ if ( GET_CODE (new_cond) == UNSPEC )
++ {
++ current_insn_predicate =
++ gen_rtx_UNSPEC (CCmode,
++ gen_rtvec (2,
++ XEXP(current_insn_predicate,0),
++ XEXP(current_insn_predicate,1)),
++ XINT (new_cond, 1));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ PUT_CODE(current_insn_predicate, GET_CODE(new_cond));
++ }
++ return;
++ }
++
++ switch (GET_CODE (x))
++ {
++ case UNSPEC:
++ switch (XINT (x, 1))
++ {
++ case UNSPEC_COND_PL:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("mi", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("pl", stream);
++ break;
++ case UNSPEC_COND_MI:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("pl", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("mi", stream);
++ break;
++ default:
++ error = 1;
++ }
++ break;
++ case EQ:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("ne", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("eq", stream);
++ break;
++ case NE:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("eq", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("ne", stream);
++ break;
++ case GT:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("le", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("gt", stream);
++ break;
++ case GTU:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("ls", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("hi", stream);
++ break;
++ case LT:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("ge", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("lt", stream);
++ break;
++ case LTU:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("hs", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("lo", stream);
++ break;
++ case GE:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("lt", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("ge", stream);
++ break;
++ case GEU:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("lo", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("hs", stream);
++ break;
++ case LE:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("gt", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("le", stream);
++ break;
++ case LEU:
++ if (code == 'i')
++ fputs ("hi", stream);
++ else
++ fputs ("ls", stream);
++ break;
++ case CONST_INT:
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (x);
++
++ switch (code)
++ {
++ case 'm':
++ if ( HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > BITS_PER_WORD )
++ {
++ /* A const_int can be used to represent DImode constants. */
++ value >>= BITS_PER_WORD;
++ }
++ /* We might get a const_int immediate for setting a DI register,
++ we then must then return the correct sign extended DI. The most
++ significant word is just a sign extension. */
++ else if (value < 0)
++ value = -1;
++ else
++ value = 0;
++ break;
++ case 'i':
++ value++;
++ break;
++ case 'p':
++ {
++ /* Set to bit position of first bit set in immediate */
++ int i, bitpos = 32;
++ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
++ if (value & (1 << i))
++ {
++ bitpos = i;
++ break;
++ }
++ value = bitpos;
++ }
++ break;
++ case 'z':
++ {
++ /* Set to bit position of first bit cleared in immediate */
++ int i, bitpos = 32;
++ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
++ if (!(value & (1 << i)))
++ {
++ bitpos = i;
++ break;
++ }
++ value = bitpos;
++ }
++ break;
++ case 'r':
++ {
++ /* Reglist 8 */
++ char op[50];
++ op[0] = '\0';
++
++ if (value & 0x01)
++ strcpy (op, "r0-r3");
++ if (value & 0x02)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", r4-r7") : strcpy (op,"r4-r7");
++ if (value & 0x04)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", r8-r9") : strcpy (op,"r8-r9");
++ if (value & 0x08)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", r10") : strcpy (op,"r10");
++ if (value & 0x10)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", r11") : strcpy (op,"r11");
++ if (value & 0x20)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", r12") : strcpy (op,"r12");
++ if (value & 0x40)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", lr") : strcpy (op, "lr");
++ if (value & 0x80)
++ strlen (op) ? strcat (op, ", pc") : strcpy (op, "pc");
++
++ fputs (op, stream);
++ return;
++ }
++ case 's':
++ {
++ /* Reglist 16 */
++ char reglist16_string[100];
++ int i;
++ bool first_reg = true;
++ reglist16_string[0] = '\0';
++
++ for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
++ {
++ if (value & (1 << i))
++ {
++ first_reg == true ? first_reg = false : strcat(reglist16_string,", ");
++ strcat(reglist16_string,reg_names[INTERNAL_REGNUM(i)]);
++ }
++ }
++ fputs (reglist16_string, stream);
++ return;
++ }
++ case 'h':
++ /* Print halfword part of word */
++ fputs (value ? "b" : "t", stream);
++ return;
++ }
++
++ /* Print Value */
++ fprintf (stream, "%d", value);
++ break;
++ }
++ case CONST_DOUBLE:
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
++ if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x)))
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT target_float[2];
++ hi = lo = 0;
++ real_to_target (target_float, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
++ GET_MODE (x));
++ /* For doubles the most significant part starts at index 0. */
++ if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD)
++ {
++ hi = target_float[0];
++ lo = target_float[1];
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ lo = target_float[0];
++ }
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
++ lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
++ }
++
++ if (code == 'm')
++ fprintf (stream, "%ld", hi);
++ else
++ fprintf (stream, "%ld", lo);
++
++ break;
++ }
++ case CONST:
++ output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
++ fprintf (stream, "+%ld", INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
++ break;
++ case REG:
++ /* Swap register name if the register is DImode or DFmode. */
++ if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode || GET_MODE (x) == DFmode)
++ {
++ /* Double register must have an even numbered address */
++ gcc_assert (!(REGNO (x) % 2));
++ if (code == 'm')
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x)], stream);
++ else
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 1], stream);
++ }
++ else if (GET_MODE (x) == TImode)
++ {
++ switch (code)
++ {
++ case 'T':
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x)], stream);
++ break;
++ case 'U':
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 1], stream);
++ break;
++ case 'L':
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 2], stream);
++ break;
++ case 'B':
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 3], stream);
++ break;
++ default:
++ fprintf (stream, "%s, %s, %s, %s",
++ reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 3],
++ reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 2],
++ reg_names[true_regnum (x) + 1],
++ reg_names[true_regnum (x)]);
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ fputs (reg_names[true_regnum (x)], stream);
++ }
++ break;
++ case CODE_LABEL:
++ case LABEL_REF:
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ output_addr_const (stream, x);
++ break;
++ case MEM:
++ switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)))
++ {
++ case LABEL_REF:
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (x, 0));
++ break;
++ case MEM:
++ switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)))
++ {
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0));
++ break;
++ default:
++ error = 1;
++ break;
++ }
++ break;
++ case REG:
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (x, 0), 0);
++ if (code != 'p')
++ fputs ("[0]", stream);
++ break;
++ case PRE_DEC:
++ fputs ("--", stream);
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0);
++ break;
++ case POST_INC:
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0);
++ fputs ("++", stream);
++ break;
++ case PLUS:
++ {
++ rtx op0 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
++ rtx op1 = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
++ rtx base = NULL_RTX, offset = NULL_RTX;
++
++ if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op0, 1))
++ {
++ base = op0;
++ offset = op1;
++ }
++ else if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op1, 1))
++ {
++ /* Operands are switched. */
++ base = op1;
++ offset = op0;
++ }
++
++ gcc_assert (base && offset
++ && avr32_address_register_rtx_p (base, 1)
++ && avr32_legitimate_index_p (GET_MODE (x), offset,
++ 1));
++
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, base, 0);
++ fputs ("[", stream);
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, offset, 0);
++ fputs ("]", stream);
++ break;
++ }
++ case CONST:
++ output_addr_const (stream, XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 0));
++ fprintf (stream, " + %ld",
++ INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 1)));
++ break;
++ case CONST_INT:
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, XEXP (x, 0), 0);
++ break;
++ default:
++ error = 1;
++ }
++ break;
++ case MULT:
++ {
++ int value = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
++
++ /* Convert immediate in multiplication into a shift immediate */
++ switch (value)
++ {
++ case 2:
++ value = 1;
++ break;
++ case 4:
++ value = 2;
++ break;
++ case 8:
++ value = 3;
++ break;
++ default:
++ value = 0;
++ }
++ fprintf (stream, "%s << %i", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++ value);
++ break;
++ }
++ case ASHIFT:
++ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
++ fprintf (stream, "%s << %i", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++ (int) INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
++ else if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
++ fprintf (stream, "%s << %s", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++ reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 1))]);
++ else
++ {
++ error = 1;
++ }
++ break;
++ case LSHIFTRT:
++ if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
++ fprintf (stream, "%s >> %i", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++ (int) INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)));
++ else if (REG_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
++ fprintf (stream, "%s >> %s", reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 0))],
++ reg_names[true_regnum (XEXP (x, 1))]);
++ else
++ {
++ error = 1;
++ }
++ fprintf (stream, ">>");
++ break;
++ case PARALLEL:
++ {
++ /* Load store multiple */
++ int i;
++ int count = XVECLEN (x, 0);
++ int reglist16 = 0;
++ char reglist16_string[100];
++
++ for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
++ {
++ rtx vec_elm = XVECEXP (x, 0, i);
++ if (GET_MODE (vec_elm) != SET)
++ {
++ debug_rtx (vec_elm);
++ internal_error ("Unknown element in parallel expression!");
++ }
++ if (GET_MODE (XEXP (vec_elm, 0)) == REG)
++ {
++ /* Load multiple */
++ reglist16 |= 1 << ASM_REGNUM (REGNO (XEXP (vec_elm, 0)));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Store multiple */
++ reglist16 |= 1 << ASM_REGNUM (REGNO (XEXP (vec_elm, 1)));
++ }
++ }
++
++ avr32_make_reglist16 (reglist16, reglist16_string);
++ fputs (reglist16_string, stream);
++
++ break;
++ }
++
++ case PLUS:
++ {
++ rtx op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
++ rtx op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
++ rtx base = NULL_RTX, offset = NULL_RTX;
++
++ if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op0, 1))
++ {
++ base = op0;
++ offset = op1;
++ }
++ else if (avr32_address_register_rtx_p (op1, 1))
++ {
++ /* Operands are switched. */
++ base = op1;
++ offset = op0;
++ }
++
++ gcc_assert (base && offset
++ && avr32_address_register_rtx_p (base, 1)
++ && avr32_legitimate_index_p (GET_MODE (x), offset, 1));
++
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, base, 0);
++ fputs ("[", stream);
++ avr32_print_operand (stream, offset, 0);
++ fputs ("]", stream);
++ break;
++ }
++
++ default:
++ error = 1;
++ }
++
++ if (error)
++ {
++ debug_rtx (x);
++ internal_error ("Illegal expression for avr32_print_operand");
++ }
++}
++
++rtx
++avr32_get_note_reg_equiv (rtx insn)
++{
++ rtx note;
++
++ note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
++
++ if (note != NULL_RTX)
++ return XEXP (note, 0);
++ else
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/*
++ Outputs to stdio stream stream the assembler syntax for an instruction
++ operand that is a memory reference whose address is x. x is an RTL
++ expression.
++
++ ToDo: fixme.
++*/
++void
++avr32_print_operand_address (FILE * stream, rtx x)
++{
++ fprintf (stream, "(%d) /* address */", REGNO (x));
++}
++
++
++/* Return true if _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol is mentioned. */
++bool
++avr32_got_mentioned_p (rtx addr)
++{
++ if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM)
++ addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++ while (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
++ addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++ if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
++ {
++ return streq (XSTR (addr, 0), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
++ }
++ if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS || GET_CODE (addr) == MINUS)
++ {
++ bool l1, l2;
++
++ l1 = avr32_got_mentioned_p (XEXP (addr, 0));
++ l2 = avr32_got_mentioned_p (XEXP (addr, 1));
++ return l1 || l2;
++ }
++ return false;
++}
++
++
++/* Find the symbol in an address expression. */
++rtx
++avr32_find_symbol (rtx addr)
++{
++ if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM)
++ addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++
++ while (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
++ addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
++
++ if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (addr) == LABEL_REF)
++ return addr;
++ if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
++ {
++ rtx l1, l2;
++
++ l1 = avr32_find_symbol (XEXP (addr, 0));
++ l2 = avr32_find_symbol (XEXP (addr, 1));
++ if (l1 != NULL_RTX && l2 == NULL_RTX)
++ return l1;
++ else if (l1 == NULL_RTX && l2 != NULL_RTX)
++ return l2;
++ }
++
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++/* Routines for manipulation of the constant pool. */
++
++/* AVR32 instructions cannot load a large constant directly into a
++ register; they have to come from a pc relative load. The constant
++ must therefore be placed in the addressable range of the pc
++ relative load. Depending on the precise pc relative load
++ instruction the range is somewhere between 256 bytes and 4k. This
++ means that we often have to dump a constant inside a function, and
++ generate code to branch around it.
++
++ It is important to minimize this, since the branches will slow
++ things down and make the code larger.
++
++ Normally we can hide the table after an existing unconditional
++ branch so that there is no interruption of the flow, but in the
++ worst case the code looks like this:
++
++ lddpc rn, L1
++ ...
++ rjmp L2
++ align
++ L1: .long value
++ L2:
++ ...
++
++ lddpc rn, L3
++ ...
++ rjmp L4
++ align
++ L3: .long value
++ L4:
++ ...
++
++ We fix this by performing a scan after scheduling, which notices
++ which instructions need to have their operands fetched from the
++ constant table and builds the table.
++
++ The algorithm starts by building a table of all the constants that
++ need fixing up and all the natural barriers in the function (places
++ where a constant table can be dropped without breaking the flow).
++ For each fixup we note how far the pc-relative replacement will be
++ able to reach and the offset of the instruction into the function.
++
++ Having built the table we then group the fixes together to form
++ tables that are as large as possible (subject to addressing
++ constraints) and emit each table of constants after the last
++ barrier that is within range of all the instructions in the group.
++ If a group does not contain a barrier, then we forcibly create one
++ by inserting a jump instruction into the flow. Once the table has
++ been inserted, the insns are then modified to reference the
++ relevant entry in the pool.
++
++ Possible enhancements to the algorithm (not implemented) are:
++
++ 1) For some processors and object formats, there may be benefit in
++ aligning the pools to the start of cache lines; this alignment
++ would need to be taken into account when calculating addressability
++ of a pool. */
++
++/* These typedefs are located at the start of this file, so that
++ they can be used in the prototypes there. This comment is to
++ remind readers of that fact so that the following structures
++ can be understood more easily.
++
++ typedef struct minipool_node Mnode;
++ typedef struct minipool_fixup Mfix; */
++
++struct minipool_node
++{
++ /* Doubly linked chain of entries. */
++ Mnode *next;
++ Mnode *prev;
++ /* The maximum offset into the code that this entry can be placed. While
++ pushing fixes for forward references, all entries are sorted in order of
++ increasing max_address. */
++ HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
++ /* Similarly for an entry inserted for a backwards ref. */
++ HOST_WIDE_INT min_address;
++ /* The number of fixes referencing this entry. This can become zero if we
++ "unpush" an entry. In this case we ignore the entry when we come to
++ emit the code. */
++ int refcount;
++ /* The offset from the start of the minipool. */
++ HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
++ /* The value in table. */
++ rtx value;
++ /* The mode of value. */
++ enum machine_mode mode;
++ /* The size of the value. */
++ int fix_size;
++};
++
++
++struct minipool_fixup
++{
++ Mfix *next;
++ rtx insn;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT address;
++ rtx *loc;
++ enum machine_mode mode;
++ int fix_size;
++ rtx value;
++ Mnode *minipool;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT forwards;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT backwards;
++};
++
++
++/* Fixes less than a word need padding out to a word boundary. */
++#define MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE(mode, value) \
++ (IS_FORCE_MINIPOOL(value) ? 0 : \
++ (GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) >= 4 ? GET_MODE_SIZE ((mode)) : 4))
++
++#define IS_FORCE_MINIPOOL(x) \
++ (GET_CODE(x) == UNSPEC && \
++ XINT(x, 1) == UNSPEC_FORCE_MINIPOOL)
++
++static Mnode *minipool_vector_head;
++static Mnode *minipool_vector_tail;
++
++/* The linked list of all minipool fixes required for this function. */
++Mfix *minipool_fix_head;
++Mfix *minipool_fix_tail;
++/* The fix entry for the current minipool, once it has been placed. */
++Mfix *minipool_barrier;
++
++
++/* Determines if INSN is the start of a jump table. Returns the end
++ of the TABLE or NULL_RTX. */
++static rtx
++is_jump_table (rtx insn)
++{
++ rtx table;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
++ && JUMP_LABEL (insn) != NULL
++ && ((table = next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn)))
++ == next_real_insn (insn))
++ && table != NULL
++ && GET_CODE (table) == JUMP_INSN
++ && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_VEC
++ || GET_CODE (PATTERN (table)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
++ return table;
++
++ return NULL_RTX;
++}
++
++
++static HOST_WIDE_INT
++get_jump_table_size (rtx insn)
++{
++ /* ADDR_VECs only take room if read-only data does into the text section. */
++ if (JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
++#if !defined(READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP)
++ || 1
++#endif
++ )
++ {
++ rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
++ int elt = GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC ? 1 : 0;
++
++ return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body)) * XVECLEN (body, elt);
++ }
++
++ return 0;
++}
++
++
++/* Move a minipool fix MP from its current location to before MAX_MP.
++ If MAX_MP is NULL, then MP doesn't need moving, but the addressing
++ constraints may need updating. */
++static Mnode *
++move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (Mnode * mp, Mnode * max_mp,
++ HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
++{
++ /* This should never be true and the code below assumes these are
++ different. */
++ if (mp == max_mp)
++ abort ();
++
++ if (max_mp == NULL)
++ {
++ if (max_address < mp->max_address)
++ mp->max_address = max_address;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
++ mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
++ else
++ mp->max_address = max_address;
++
++ /* Unlink MP from its current position. Since max_mp is non-null,
++ mp->prev must be non-null. */
++ mp->prev->next = mp->next;
++ if (mp->next != NULL)
++ mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
++ else
++ minipool_vector_tail = mp->prev;
++
++ /* Re-insert it before MAX_MP. */
++ mp->next = max_mp;
++ mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
++ max_mp->prev = mp;
++
++ if (mp->prev != NULL)
++ mp->prev->next = mp;
++ else
++ minipool_vector_head = mp;
++ }
++
++ /* Save the new entry. */
++ max_mp = mp;
++
++ /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as required.
++ */
++ while (mp->prev != NULL
++ && mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
++ {
++ mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
++ mp = mp->prev;
++ }
++
++ return max_mp;
++}
++
++
++/* Add a constant to the minipool for a forward reference. Returns the
++ node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool. */
++static Mnode *
++add_minipool_forward_ref (Mfix * fix)
++{
++ /* If set, max_mp is the first pool_entry that has a lower constraint than
++ the one we are trying to add. */
++ Mnode *max_mp = NULL;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT max_address = fix->address + fix->forwards;
++ Mnode *mp;
++
++ /* If this fix's address is greater than the address of the first entry,
++ then we can't put the fix in this pool. We subtract the size of the
++ current fix to ensure that if the table is fully packed we still have
++ enough room to insert this value by suffling the other fixes forwards. */
++ if (minipool_vector_head &&
++ fix->address >= minipool_vector_head->max_address - fix->fix_size)
++ return NULL;
++
++ /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has already been
++ added. While we are doing this, also note the location where we must
++ insert the constant if it doesn't already exist. */
++ for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
++ {
++ if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
++ && fix->mode == mp->mode
++ && (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
++ || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
++ == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
++ && rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value))
++ {
++ /* More than one fix references this entry. */
++ mp->refcount++;
++ return move_minipool_fix_forward_ref (mp, max_mp, max_address);
++ }
++
++ /* Note the insertion point if necessary. */
++ if (max_mp == NULL && mp->max_address > max_address)
++ max_mp = mp;
++
++ }
++
++ /* The value is not currently in the minipool, so we need to create a new
++ entry for it. If MAX_MP is NULL, the entry will be put on the end of
++ the list since the placement is less constrained than any existing
++ entry. Otherwise, we insert the new fix before MAX_MP and, if
++ necessary, adjust the constraints on the other entries. */
++ mp = xmalloc (sizeof (*mp));
++ mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
++ mp->mode = fix->mode;
++ mp->value = fix->value;
++ mp->refcount = 1;
++ /* Not yet required for a backwards ref. */
++ mp->min_address = -65536;
++
++ if (max_mp == NULL)
++ {
++ mp->max_address = max_address;
++ mp->next = NULL;
++ mp->prev = minipool_vector_tail;
++
++ if (mp->prev == NULL)
++ {
++ minipool_vector_head = mp;
++ minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
++ }
++ else
++ mp->prev->next = mp;
++
++ minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ if (max_address > max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size)
++ mp->max_address = max_mp->max_address - mp->fix_size;
++ else
++ mp->max_address = max_address;
++
++ mp->next = max_mp;
++ mp->prev = max_mp->prev;
++ max_mp->prev = mp;
++ if (mp->prev != NULL)
++ mp->prev->next = mp;
++ else
++ minipool_vector_head = mp;
++ }
++
++ /* Save the new entry. */
++ max_mp = mp;
++
++ /* Scan over the preceding entries and adjust their addresses as required.
++ */
++ while (mp->prev != NULL
++ && mp->prev->max_address > mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size)
++ {
++ mp->prev->max_address = mp->max_address - mp->prev->fix_size;
++ mp = mp->prev;
++ }
++
++ return max_mp;
++}
++
++
++static Mnode *
++move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (Mnode * mp, Mnode * min_mp,
++ HOST_WIDE_INT min_address)
++{
++ HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
++
++ /* This should never be true, and the code below assumes these are
++ different. */
++ if (mp == min_mp)
++ abort ();
++
++ if (min_mp == NULL)
++ {
++ if (min_address > mp->min_address)
++ mp->min_address = min_address;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* We will adjust this below if it is too loose. */
++ mp->min_address = min_address;
++
++ /* Unlink MP from its current position. Since min_mp is non-null,
++ mp->next must be non-null. */
++ mp->next->prev = mp->prev;
++ if (mp->prev != NULL)
++ mp->prev->next = mp->next;
++ else
++ minipool_vector_head = mp->next;
++
++ /* Reinsert it after MIN_MP. */
++ mp->prev = min_mp;
++ mp->next = min_mp->next;
++ min_mp->next = mp;
++ if (mp->next != NULL)
++ mp->next->prev = mp;
++ else
++ minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++ }
++
++ min_mp = mp;
++
++ offset = 0;
++ for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
++ {
++ mp->offset = offset;
++ if (mp->refcount > 0)
++ offset += mp->fix_size;
++
++ if (mp->next && mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
++ mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
++ }
++
++ return min_mp;
++}
++
++
++/* Add a constant to the minipool for a backward reference. Returns the
++ node added or NULL if the constant will not fit in this pool.
++
++ Note that the code for insertion for a backwards reference can be
++ somewhat confusing because the calculated offsets for each fix do
++ not take into account the size of the pool (which is still under
++ construction. */
++static Mnode *
++add_minipool_backward_ref (Mfix * fix)
++{
++ /* If set, min_mp is the last pool_entry that has a lower constraint than
++ the one we are trying to add. */
++ Mnode *min_mp = NULL;
++ /* This can be negative, since it is only a constraint. */
++ HOST_WIDE_INT min_address = fix->address - fix->backwards;
++ Mnode *mp;
++
++ /* If we can't reach the current pool from this insn, or if we can't insert
++ this entry at the end of the pool without pushing other fixes out of
++ range, then we don't try. This ensures that we can't fail later on. */
++ if (min_address >= minipool_barrier->address
++ || (minipool_vector_tail->min_address + fix->fix_size
++ >= minipool_barrier->address))
++ return NULL;
++
++ /* Scan the pool to see if a constant with the same value has already been
++ added. While we are doing this, also note the location where we must
++ insert the constant if it doesn't already exist. */
++ for (mp = minipool_vector_tail; mp != NULL; mp = mp->prev)
++ {
++ if (GET_CODE (fix->value) == GET_CODE (mp->value)
++ && fix->mode == mp->mode
++ && (GET_CODE (fix->value) != CODE_LABEL
++ || (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (fix->value)
++ == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (mp->value)))
++ && rtx_equal_p (fix->value, mp->value)
++ /* Check that there is enough slack to move this entry to the end
++ of the table (this is conservative). */
++ && (mp->max_address
++ > (minipool_barrier->address
++ + minipool_vector_tail->offset
++ + minipool_vector_tail->fix_size)))
++ {
++ mp->refcount++;
++ return move_minipool_fix_backward_ref (mp, min_mp, min_address);
++ }
++
++ if (min_mp != NULL)
++ mp->min_address += fix->fix_size;
++ else
++ {
++ /* Note the insertion point if necessary. */
++ if (mp->min_address < min_address)
++ {
++ min_mp = mp;
++ }
++ else if (mp->max_address
++ < minipool_barrier->address + mp->offset + fix->fix_size)
++ {
++ /* Inserting before this entry would push the fix beyond its
++ maximum address (which can happen if we have re-located a
++ forwards fix); force the new fix to come after it. */
++ min_mp = mp;
++ min_address = mp->min_address + fix->fix_size;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* We need to create a new entry. */
++ mp = xmalloc (sizeof (*mp));
++ mp->fix_size = fix->fix_size;
++ mp->mode = fix->mode;
++ mp->value = fix->value;
++ mp->refcount = 1;
++ mp->max_address = minipool_barrier->address + 65536;
++
++ mp->min_address = min_address;
++
++ if (min_mp == NULL)
++ {
++ mp->prev = NULL;
++ mp->next = minipool_vector_head;
++
++ if (mp->next == NULL)
++ {
++ minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++ minipool_vector_label = gen_label_rtx ();
++ }
++ else
++ mp->next->prev = mp;
++
++ minipool_vector_head = mp;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ mp->next = min_mp->next;
++ mp->prev = min_mp;
++ min_mp->next = mp;
++
++ if (mp->next != NULL)
++ mp->next->prev = mp;
++ else
++ minipool_vector_tail = mp;
++ }
++
++ /* Save the new entry. */
++ min_mp = mp;
++
++ if (mp->prev)
++ mp = mp->prev;
++ else
++ mp->offset = 0;
++
++ /* Scan over the following entries and adjust their offsets. */
++ while (mp->next != NULL)
++ {
++ if (mp->next->min_address < mp->min_address + mp->fix_size)
++ mp->next->min_address = mp->min_address + mp->fix_size;
++
++ if (mp->refcount)
++ mp->next->offset = mp->offset + mp->fix_size;
++ else
++ mp->next->offset = mp->offset;
++
++ mp = mp->next;
++ }
++
++ return min_mp;
++}
++
++
++static void
++assign_minipool_offsets (Mfix * barrier)
++{
++ HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
++ Mnode *mp;
++
++ minipool_barrier = barrier;
++
++ for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next)
++ {
++ mp->offset = offset;
++
++ if (mp->refcount > 0)
++ offset += mp->fix_size;
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Print a symbolic form of X to the debug file, F. */
++static void
++avr32_print_value (FILE * f, rtx x)
++{
++ switch (GET_CODE (x))
++ {
++ case CONST_INT:
++ fprintf (f, "0x%x", (int) INTVAL (x));
++ return;
++
++ case CONST_DOUBLE:
++ fprintf (f, "<0x%lx,0x%lx>", (long) XWINT (x, 2), (long) XWINT (x, 3));
++ return;
++
++ case CONST_VECTOR:
++ {
++ int i;
++
++ fprintf (f, "<");
++ for (i = 0; i < CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x); i++)
++ {
++ fprintf (f, "0x%x", (int) INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i)));
++ if (i < (CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (x) - 1))
++ fputc (',', f);
++ }
++ fprintf (f, ">");
++ }
++ return;
++
++ case CONST_STRING:
++ fprintf (f, "\"%s\"", XSTR (x, 0));
++ return;
++
++ case SYMBOL_REF:
++ fprintf (f, "`%s'", XSTR (x, 0));
++ return;
++
++ case LABEL_REF:
++ fprintf (f, "L%d", INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0)));
++ return;
++
++ case CONST:
++ avr32_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
++ return;
++
++ case PLUS:
++ avr32_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 0));
++ fprintf (f, "+");
++ avr32_print_value (f, XEXP (x, 1));
++ return;
++
++ case PC:
++ fprintf (f, "pc");
++ return;
++
++ default:
++ fprintf (f, "????");
++ return;
++ }
++}
++
++
++int
++is_minipool_label (rtx label)
++{
++ minipool_labels *cur_mp_label = cfun->machine->minipool_label_head;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (label) != CODE_LABEL)
++ return FALSE;
++
++ while (cur_mp_label)
++ {
++ if (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label)
++ == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (cur_mp_label->label))
++ return TRUE;
++ cur_mp_label = cur_mp_label->next;
++ }
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++static void
++new_minipool_label (rtx label)
++{
++ if (!cfun->machine->minipool_label_head)
++ {
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_head =
++ ggc_alloc (sizeof (minipool_labels));
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail = cfun->machine->minipool_label_head;
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_head->label = label;
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_head->next = 0;
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_head->prev = 0;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next =
++ ggc_alloc (sizeof (minipool_labels));
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next->label = label;
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next->next = 0;
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next->prev =
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail;
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail =
++ cfun->machine->minipool_label_tail->next;
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Output the literal table */
++static void
++dump_minipool (rtx scan)
++{
++ Mnode *mp;
++ Mnode *nmp;
++
++ if (dump_file)
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Emitting minipool after insn %u; address %ld; align %d (bytes)\n",
++ INSN_UID (scan), (unsigned long) minipool_barrier->address, 4);
++
++ scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_start (), scan);
++ scan = emit_insn_after (gen_align_4 (), scan);
++ scan = emit_label_after (minipool_vector_label, scan);
++ new_minipool_label (minipool_vector_label);
++
++ for (mp = minipool_vector_head; mp != NULL; mp = nmp)
++ {
++ if (mp->refcount > 0)
++ {
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Offset %u, min %ld, max %ld ",
++ (unsigned) mp->offset, (unsigned long) mp->min_address,
++ (unsigned long) mp->max_address);
++ avr32_print_value (dump_file, mp->value);
++ fputc ('\n', dump_file);
++ }
++
++ switch (mp->fix_size)
++ {
++#ifdef HAVE_consttable_4
++ case 4:
++ scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_4 (mp->value), scan);
++ break;
++
++#endif
++#ifdef HAVE_consttable_8
++ case 8:
++ scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_8 (mp->value), scan);
++ break;
++
++#endif
++#ifdef HAVE_consttable_16
++ case 16:
++ scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_16 (mp->value), scan);
++ break;
++
++#endif
++ case 0:
++ /* This can happen for force-minipool entries which just are
++ there to force the minipool to be generate. */
++ break;
++ default:
++ abort ();
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++ nmp = mp->next;
++ free (mp);
++ }
++
++ minipool_vector_head = minipool_vector_tail = NULL;
++ scan = emit_insn_after (gen_consttable_end (), scan);
++ scan = emit_barrier_after (scan);
++}
++
++
++/* Return the cost of forcibly inserting a barrier after INSN. */
++static int
++avr32_barrier_cost (rtx insn)
++{
++ /* Basing the location of the pool on the loop depth is preferable, but at
++ the moment, the basic block information seems to be corrupt by this
++ stage of the compilation. */
++ int base_cost = 50;
++ rtx next = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
++
++ if (next != NULL && GET_CODE (next) == CODE_LABEL)
++ base_cost -= 20;
++
++ switch (GET_CODE (insn))
++ {
++ case CODE_LABEL:
++ /* It will always be better to place the table before the label, rather
++ than after it. */
++ return 50;
++
++ case INSN:
++ case CALL_INSN:
++ return base_cost;
++
++ case JUMP_INSN:
++ return base_cost - 10;
++
++ default:
++ return base_cost + 10;
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Find the best place in the insn stream in the range
++ (FIX->address,MAX_ADDRESS) to forcibly insert a minipool barrier.
++ Create the barrier by inserting a jump and add a new fix entry for
++ it. */
++static Mfix *
++create_fix_barrier (Mfix * fix, HOST_WIDE_INT max_address)
++{
++ HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0;
++ rtx barrier;
++ rtx from = fix->insn;
++ rtx selected = from;
++ int selected_cost;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT selected_address;
++ Mfix *new_fix;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT max_count = max_address - fix->address;
++ rtx label = gen_label_rtx ();
++
++ selected_cost = avr32_barrier_cost (from);
++ selected_address = fix->address;
++
++ while (from && count < max_count)
++ {
++ rtx tmp;
++ int new_cost;
++
++ /* This code shouldn't have been called if there was a natural barrier
++ within range. */
++ if (GET_CODE (from) == BARRIER)
++ abort ();
++
++ /* Count the length of this insn. */
++ count += get_attr_length (from);
++
++ /* If there is a jump table, add its length. */
++ tmp = is_jump_table (from);
++ if (tmp != NULL)
++ {
++ count += get_jump_table_size (tmp);
++
++ /* Jump tables aren't in a basic block, so base the cost on the
++ dispatch insn. If we select this location, we will still put
++ the pool after the table. */
++ new_cost = avr32_barrier_cost (from);
++
++ if (count < max_count && new_cost <= selected_cost)
++ {
++ selected = tmp;
++ selected_cost = new_cost;
++ selected_address = fix->address + count;
++ }
++
++ /* Continue after the dispatch table. */
++ from = NEXT_INSN (tmp);
++ continue;
++ }
++
++ new_cost = avr32_barrier_cost (from);
++
++ if (count < max_count && new_cost <= selected_cost)
++ {
++ selected = from;
++ selected_cost = new_cost;
++ selected_address = fix->address + count;
++ }
++
++ from = NEXT_INSN (from);
++ }
++
++ /* Create a new JUMP_INSN that branches around a barrier. */
++ from = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (label), selected);
++ JUMP_LABEL (from) = label;
++ barrier = emit_barrier_after (from);
++ emit_label_after (label, barrier);
++
++ /* Create a minipool barrier entry for the new barrier. */
++ new_fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (*new_fix));
++ new_fix->insn = barrier;
++ new_fix->address = selected_address;
++ new_fix->next = fix->next;
++ fix->next = new_fix;
++
++ return new_fix;
++}
++
++
++/* Record that there is a natural barrier in the insn stream at
++ ADDRESS. */
++static void
++push_minipool_barrier (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address)
++{
++ Mfix *fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (*fix));
++
++ fix->insn = insn;
++ fix->address = address;
++
++ fix->next = NULL;
++ if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
++ minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
++ else
++ minipool_fix_head = fix;
++
++ minipool_fix_tail = fix;
++}
++
++
++/* Record INSN, which will need fixing up to load a value from the
++ minipool. ADDRESS is the offset of the insn since the start of the
++ function; LOC is a pointer to the part of the insn which requires
++ fixing; VALUE is the constant that must be loaded, which is of type
++ MODE. */
++static void
++push_minipool_fix (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, rtx * loc,
++ enum machine_mode mode, rtx value)
++{
++ Mfix *fix = (Mfix *) obstack_alloc (&minipool_obstack, sizeof (*fix));
++ rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
++
++ fix->insn = insn;
++ fix->address = address;
++ fix->loc = loc;
++ fix->mode = mode;
++ fix->fix_size = MINIPOOL_FIX_SIZE (mode, value);
++ fix->value = value;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL)
++ {
++ /* Mcall : Ks16 << 2 */
++ fix->forwards = ((1 << 15) - 1) << 2;
++ fix->backwards = (1 << 15) << 2;
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (body) == SET
++ && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (body))) == 4)
++ {
++ if (optimize_size)
++ {
++ /* Lddpc : Ku7 << 2 */
++ fix->forwards = ((1 << 7) - 1) << 2;
++ fix->backwards = 0;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Ld.w : Ks16 */
++ fix->forwards = ((1 << 15) - 4);
++ fix->backwards = (1 << 15);
++ }
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (body) == SET
++ && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (body))) == 8)
++ {
++ /* Ld.d : Ks16 */
++ fix->forwards = ((1 << 15) - 4);
++ fix->backwards = (1 << 15);
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (body) == UNSPEC_VOLATILE
++ && XINT (body, 1) == VUNSPEC_MVRC)
++ {
++ /* Coprocessor load */
++ /* Ldc : Ku8 << 2 */
++ fix->forwards = ((1 << 8) - 1) << 2;
++ fix->backwards = 0;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Assume worst case which is lddpc insn. */
++ fix->forwards = ((1 << 7) - 1) << 2;
++ fix->backwards = 0;
++ }
++
++ fix->minipool = NULL;
++
++ /* If an insn doesn't have a range defined for it, then it isn't expecting
++ to be reworked by this code. Better to abort now than to generate duff
++ assembly code. */
++ if (fix->forwards == 0 && fix->backwards == 0)
++ abort ();
++
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; %smode fixup for i%d; addr %lu, range (%ld,%ld): ",
++ GET_MODE_NAME (mode),
++ INSN_UID (insn), (unsigned long) address,
++ -1 * (long) fix->backwards, (long) fix->forwards);
++ avr32_print_value (dump_file, fix->value);
++ fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
++ }
++
++ /* Add it to the chain of fixes. */
++ fix->next = NULL;
++
++ if (minipool_fix_head != NULL)
++ minipool_fix_tail->next = fix;
++ else
++ minipool_fix_head = fix;
++
++ minipool_fix_tail = fix;
++}
++
++
++/* Scan INSN and note any of its operands that need fixing.
++ If DO_PUSHES is false we do not actually push any of the fixups
++ needed. The function returns TRUE is any fixups were needed/pushed.
++ This is used by avr32_memory_load_p() which needs to know about loads
++ of constants that will be converted into minipool loads. */
++static bool
++note_invalid_constants (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT address, int do_pushes)
++{
++ bool result = false;
++ int opno;
++
++ extract_insn (insn);
++
++ if (!constrain_operands (1))
++ fatal_insn_not_found (insn);
++
++ if (recog_data.n_alternatives == 0)
++ return false;
++
++ /* Fill in recog_op_alt with information about the constraints of this
++ insn. */
++ preprocess_constraints ();
++
++ for (opno = 0; opno < recog_data.n_operands; opno++)
++ {
++ rtx op;
++
++ /* Things we need to fix can only occur in inputs. */
++ if (recog_data.operand_type[opno] != OP_IN)
++ continue;
++
++ op = recog_data.operand[opno];
++
++ if (avr32_const_pool_ref_operand (op, GET_MODE (op)))
++ {
++ if (do_pushes)
++ {
++ rtx cop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
++
++ /* Casting the address of something to a mode narrower than a
++ word can cause avoid_constant_pool_reference() to return the
++ pool reference itself. That's no good to us here. Lets
++ just hope that we can use the constant pool value directly.
++ */
++ if (op == cop)
++ cop = get_pool_constant (XEXP (op, 0));
++
++ push_minipool_fix (insn, address,
++ recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
++ recog_data.operand_mode[opno], cop);
++ }
++
++ result = true;
++ }
++ else if (TARGET_HAS_ASM_ADDR_PSEUDOS
++ && avr32_address_operand (op, GET_MODE (op)))
++ {
++ /* Handle pseudo instructions using a direct address. These pseudo
++ instructions might need entries in the constant pool and we must
++ therefor create a constant pool for them, in case the
++ assembler/linker needs to insert entries. */
++ if (do_pushes)
++ {
++ /* Push a dummy constant pool entry so that the .cpool
++ directive should be inserted on the appropriate place in the
++ code even if there are no real constant pool entries. This
++ is used by the assembler and linker to know where to put
++ generated constant pool entries. */
++ push_minipool_fix (insn, address,
++ recog_data.operand_loc[opno],
++ recog_data.operand_mode[opno],
++ gen_rtx_UNSPEC (VOIDmode,
++ gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx),
++ UNSPEC_FORCE_MINIPOOL));
++ result = true;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ return result;
++}
++
++
++static int
++avr32_insn_is_cast (rtx insn)
++{
++
++ if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
++ && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == ZERO_EXTEND
++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == SIGN_EXTEND)
++ && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0))
++ && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn))))
++ return true;
++ return false;
++}
++
++
++/* Replace all occurances of reg FROM with reg TO in X. */
++rtx
++avr32_replace_reg (rtx x, rtx from, rtx to)
++{
++ int i, j;
++ const char *fmt;
++
++ gcc_assert ( REG_P (from) && REG_P (to) );
++
++ /* Allow this function to make replacements in EXPR_LISTs. */
++ if (x == 0)
++ return 0;
++
++ if (rtx_equal_p (x, from))
++ return to;
++
++ if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
++ {
++ rtx new = avr32_replace_reg (SUBREG_REG (x), from, to);
++
++ if (GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT)
++ {
++ x = simplify_subreg (GET_MODE (x), new,
++ GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
++ SUBREG_BYTE (x));
++ gcc_assert (x);
++ }
++ else
++ SUBREG_REG (x) = new;
++
++ return x;
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTEND)
++ {
++ rtx new = avr32_replace_reg (XEXP (x, 0), from, to);
++
++ if (GET_CODE (new) == CONST_INT)
++ {
++ x = simplify_unary_operation (ZERO_EXTEND, GET_MODE (x),
++ new, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
++ gcc_assert (x);
++ }
++ else
++ XEXP (x, 0) = new;
++
++ return x;
++ }
++
++ fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
++ for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
++ {
++ if (fmt[i] == 'e')
++ XEXP (x, i) = avr32_replace_reg (XEXP (x, i), from, to);
++ else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
++ for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
++ XVECEXP (x, i, j) = avr32_replace_reg (XVECEXP (x, i, j), from, to);
++ }
++
++ return x;
++}
++
++
++/* FIXME: The level of nesting in this function is way too deep. It needs to be
++ torn apart. */
++static void
++avr32_reorg_optimization (void)
++{
++ rtx first = get_first_nonnote_insn ();
++ rtx insn;
++
++ if (TARGET_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION && (optimize_size || (optimize > 0)))
++ {
++
++ /* Scan through all insns looking for cast operations. */
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file, ";; Deleting redundant cast operations:\n");
++ }
++ for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
++ {
++ rtx reg, src_reg, scan;
++ enum machine_mode mode;
++ int unused_cast;
++ rtx label_ref;
++
++ if (avr32_insn_is_cast (insn)
++ && (GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == QImode
++ || GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == HImode))
++ {
++ mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0));
++ reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
++ src_reg = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ continue;
++ }
++
++ unused_cast = false;
++ label_ref = NULL_RTX;
++ for (scan = NEXT_INSN (insn); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++ {
++ /* Check if we have reached the destination of a simple
++ conditional jump which we have already scanned past. If so,
++ we can safely continue scanning. */
++ if (LABEL_P (scan) && label_ref != NULL_RTX)
++ {
++ if (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (scan) ==
++ CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (label_ref, 0)))
++ label_ref = NULL_RTX;
++ else
++ break;
++ }
++
++ if (!INSN_P (scan))
++ continue;
++
++ /* For conditional jumps we can manage to keep on scanning if
++ we meet the destination label later on before any new jump
++ insns occure. */
++ if (GET_CODE (scan) == JUMP_INSN)
++ {
++ if (any_condjump_p (scan) && label_ref == NULL_RTX)
++ label_ref = condjump_label (scan);
++ else
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* Check if we have a call and the register is used as an argument. */
++ if (CALL_P (scan)
++ && find_reg_fusage (scan, USE, reg) )
++ break;
++
++ if (!reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++ continue;
++
++ /* Check if casted register is used in this insn */
++ if ((regno_use_in (REGNO (reg), PATTERN (scan)) != NULL_RTX)
++ && (GET_MODE (regno_use_in (REGNO (reg), PATTERN (scan))) ==
++ GET_MODE (reg)))
++ {
++ /* If not used in the source to the set or in a memory
++ expression in the destiantion then the register is used
++ as a destination and is really dead. */
++ if (single_set (scan)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++ && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++ && !regno_use_in (REGNO (reg), SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++ && label_ref == NULL_RTX)
++ {
++ unused_cast = true;
++ }
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
++ if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
++ {
++ unused_cast = true;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* Check if we have unresolved conditional jumps */
++ if (label_ref != NULL_RTX)
++ continue;
++
++ if (unused_cast)
++ {
++ if (REGNO (reg) == REGNO (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)))
++ {
++ /* One operand cast, safe to delete */
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; INSN %i removed, casted register %i value not used.\n",
++ INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (reg));
++ }
++ SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* Two operand cast, which really could be substituted with
++ a move, if the source register is dead after the cast
++ insn and then the insn which sets the source register
++ could instead directly set the destination register for
++ the cast. As long as there are no insns in between which
++ uses the register. */
++ rtx link = NULL_RTX;
++ rtx set;
++ rtx src_reg = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0);
++ unused_cast = false;
++
++ if (!find_reg_note (insn, REG_DEAD, src_reg))
++ continue;
++
++ /* Search for the insn which sets the source register */
++ for (scan = PREV_INSN (insn);
++ scan && GET_CODE (scan) != CODE_LABEL;
++ scan = PREV_INSN (scan))
++ {
++ if (! INSN_P (scan))
++ continue;
++
++ set = single_set (scan);
++ // Fix for bug #11763 : the following if condition
++ // has been modified and else part is included to
++ // set the link to NULL_RTX.
++ // if (set && rtx_equal_p (src_reg, SET_DEST (set)))
++ if (set && (REGNO(src_reg) == REGNO(SET_DEST(set))))
++ {
++ if (rtx_equal_p (src_reg, SET_DEST (set)))
++ {
++ link = scan;
++ break;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ link = NULL_RTX;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++
++ /* Found no link or link is a call insn where we can not
++ change the destination register */
++ if (link == NULL_RTX || CALL_P (link))
++ continue;
++
++ /* Scan through all insn between link and insn */
++ for (scan = NEXT_INSN (link); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++ {
++ /* Don't try to trace forward past a CODE_LABEL if we
++ haven't seen INSN yet. Ordinarily, we will only
++ find the setting insn in LOG_LINKS if it is in the
++ same basic block. However, cross-jumping can insert
++ code labels in between the load and the call, and
++ can result in situations where a single call insn
++ may have two targets depending on where we came
++ from. */
++
++ if (GET_CODE (scan) == CODE_LABEL)
++ break;
++
++ if (!INSN_P (scan))
++ continue;
++
++ /* Don't try to trace forward past a JUMP. To optimize
++ safely, we would have to check that all the
++ instructions at the jump destination did not use REG.
++ */
++
++ if (GET_CODE (scan) == JUMP_INSN)
++ {
++ break;
++ }
++
++ if (!reg_mentioned_p (src_reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++ continue;
++
++ /* We have reached the cast insn */
++ if (scan == insn)
++ {
++ /* We can remove cast and replace the destination
++ register of the link insn with the destination
++ of the cast */
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; INSN %i removed, casted value unused. "
++ "Destination of removed cast operation: register %i, folded into INSN %i.\n",
++ INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (reg),
++ INSN_UID (link));
++ }
++ /* Update link insn */
++ SET_DEST (PATTERN (link)) =
++ gen_rtx_REG (mode, REGNO (reg));
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (link) = -1;
++
++ /* Delete insn */
++ SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (TARGET_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION && (optimize_size || (optimize > 0)))
++ {
++
++ /* Scan through all insns looking for shifted add operations */
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Deleting redundant shifted add operations:\n");
++ }
++ for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
++ {
++ rtx reg, mem_expr, scan, op0, op1;
++ int add_only_used_as_pointer;
++
++ if (INSN_P (insn)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
++ && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == PLUS
++ && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == MULT
++ || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0)) == ASHIFT)
++ && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0), 1)) ==
++ CONST_INT && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)))
++ && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 1))
++ && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), 0), 0)))
++ {
++ reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
++ mem_expr = SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn));
++ op0 = XEXP (XEXP (mem_expr, 0), 0);
++ op1 = XEXP (mem_expr, 1);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ continue;
++ }
++
++ /* Scan forward the check if the result of the shifted add
++ operation is only used as an address in memory operations and
++ that the operands to the shifted add are not clobbered. */
++ add_only_used_as_pointer = false;
++ for (scan = NEXT_INSN (insn); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++ {
++ if (!INSN_P (scan))
++ continue;
++
++ /* Don't try to trace forward past a JUMP or CALL. To optimize
++ safely, we would have to check that all the instructions at
++ the jump destination did not use REG. */
++
++ if (GET_CODE (scan) == JUMP_INSN)
++ {
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* If used in a call insn then we cannot optimize it away */
++ if (CALL_P (scan) && find_regno_fusage (scan, USE, REGNO (reg)))
++ break;
++
++ /* If any of the operands of the shifted add are clobbered we
++ cannot optimize the shifted adda away */
++ if ((reg_set_p (op0, scan) && (REGNO (op0) != REGNO (reg)))
++ || (reg_set_p (op1, scan) && (REGNO (op1) != REGNO (reg))))
++ break;
++
++ if (!reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++ continue;
++
++ /* If used any other place than as a pointer or as the
++ destination register we failed */
++ if (!(single_set (scan)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++ && ((MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++ && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++ && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) == REGNO (reg))
++ || (MEM_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++ && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++ && REGNO (XEXP
++ (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) == REGNO (reg))))
++ && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++ && REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++ && !regno_use_in (REGNO (reg),
++ SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))))
++ break;
++
++ /* We cannot replace the pointer in TImode insns
++ as these has a differene addressing mode than the other
++ memory insns. */
++ if ( GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan))) == TImode )
++ break;
++
++ /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
++ if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
++ {
++ add_only_used_as_pointer = true;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++ if (add_only_used_as_pointer)
++ {
++ /* Lets delete the add insn and replace all memory references
++ which uses the pointer with the full expression. */
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Deleting INSN %i since address expression can be folded into all "
++ "memory references using this expression\n",
++ INSN_UID (insn));
++ }
++ SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++
++ for (scan = NEXT_INSN (insn); scan; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
++ {
++ if (!INSN_P (scan))
++ continue;
++
++ if (!reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (scan)))
++ continue;
++
++ /* If used any other place than as a pointer or as the
++ destination register we failed */
++ if ((single_set (scan)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == SET
++ && ((MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)))
++ && REG_P (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0))
++ && REGNO (XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0)) ==
++ REGNO (reg)) || (MEM_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)))
++ &&
++ REG_P (XEXP
++ (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
++ 0))
++ &&
++ REGNO (XEXP
++ (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)),
++ 0)) == REGNO (reg)))))
++ {
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Register %i replaced by indexed address in INSN %i\n",
++ REGNO (reg), INSN_UID (scan));
++ }
++ if (MEM_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan))))
++ XEXP (SET_DEST (PATTERN (scan)), 0) = mem_expr;
++ else
++ XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (scan)), 0) = mem_expr;
++ }
++
++ /* Check if register is dead or set in this insn */
++ if (dead_or_set_p (scan, reg))
++ {
++ break;
++ }
++
++ }
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++
++ if (TARGET_MD_REORG_OPTIMIZATION && (optimize_size || (optimize > 0)))
++ {
++
++ /* Scan through all insns looking for conditional register to
++ register move operations */
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Folding redundant conditional move operations:\n");
++ }
++ for (insn = first; insn; insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn))
++ {
++ rtx src_reg, dst_reg, scan, test;
++
++ if (INSN_P (insn)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == COND_EXEC
++ && GET_CODE (COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (insn))) == SET
++ && REG_P (SET_SRC (COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (insn))))
++ && REG_P (SET_DEST (COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (insn))))
++ && find_reg_note (insn, REG_DEAD, SET_SRC (COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (insn)))))
++ {
++ src_reg = SET_SRC (COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (insn)));
++ dst_reg = SET_DEST (COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (insn)));
++ test = COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (insn));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ continue;
++ }
++
++ /* Scan backward through the rest of insns in this if-then or if-else
++ block and check if we can fold the move into another of the conditional
++ insns in the same block. */
++ scan = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
++ while (INSN_P (scan)
++ && GET_CODE (PATTERN (scan)) == COND_EXEC
++ && rtx_equal_p (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (scan)), test))
++ {
++ rtx pattern = COND_EXEC_CODE (PATTERN (scan));
++ if ( GET_CODE (pattern) == PARALLEL )
++ pattern = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, 0);
++
++ if ( reg_set_p (src_reg, pattern) )
++ {
++ /* Fold in the destination register for the cond. move
++ into this insn. */
++ SET_DEST (pattern) = dst_reg;
++ if (dump_file)
++ {
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ ";; Deleting INSN %i since this operation can be folded into INSN %i\n",
++ INSN_UID (insn), INSN_UID (scan));
++ }
++
++ /* Scan and check if any of the insns in between uses the src_reg. We
++ must then replace it with the dst_reg. */
++ while ( (scan = next_nonnote_insn (scan)) != insn ){
++ avr32_replace_reg (scan, src_reg, dst_reg);
++ }
++ /* Delete the insn. */
++ SET_INSN_DELETED (insn);
++
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++ break;
++ }
++
++ /* If the destination register is used but not set in this insn
++ we cannot fold. */
++ if ( reg_mentioned_p (dst_reg, pattern) )
++ break;
++
++ scan = prev_nonnote_insn (scan);
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++}
++
++
++/* Exported to toplev.c.
++
++ Do a final pass over the function, just before delayed branch
++ scheduling. */
++static void
++avr32_reorg (void)
++{
++ rtx insn;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT address = 0;
++ Mfix *fix;
++
++ minipool_fix_head = minipool_fix_tail = NULL;
++
++ /* The first insn must always be a note, or the code below won't scan it
++ properly. */
++ insn = get_insns ();
++ if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
++ abort ();
++
++ /* Scan all the insns and record the operands that will need fixing. */
++ for (insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn); insn; insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn))
++ {
++ if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
++ push_minipool_barrier (insn, address);
++ else if (INSN_P (insn))
++ {
++ rtx table;
++
++ note_invalid_constants (insn, address, true);
++ address += get_attr_length (insn);
++
++ /* If the insn is a vector jump, add the size of the table and skip
++ the table. */
++ if ((table = is_jump_table (insn)) != NULL)
++ {
++ address += get_jump_table_size (table);
++ insn = table;
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ fix = minipool_fix_head;
++
++ /* Now scan the fixups and perform the required changes. */
++ while (fix)
++ {
++ Mfix *ftmp;
++ Mfix *fdel;
++ Mfix *last_added_fix;
++ Mfix *last_barrier = NULL;
++ Mfix *this_fix;
++
++ /* Skip any further barriers before the next fix. */
++ while (fix && GET_CODE (fix->insn) == BARRIER)
++ fix = fix->next;
++
++ /* No more fixes. */
++ if (fix == NULL)
++ break;
++
++ last_added_fix = NULL;
++
++ for (ftmp = fix; ftmp; ftmp = ftmp->next)
++ {
++ if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) == BARRIER)
++ {
++ if (ftmp->address >= minipool_vector_head->max_address)
++ break;
++
++ last_barrier = ftmp;
++ }
++ else if ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_forward_ref (ftmp)) == NULL)
++ break;
++
++ last_added_fix = ftmp; /* Keep track of the last fix added.
++ */
++ }
++
++ /* If we found a barrier, drop back to that; any fixes that we could
++ have reached but come after the barrier will now go in the next
++ mini-pool. */
++ if (last_barrier != NULL)
++ {
++ /* Reduce the refcount for those fixes that won't go into this pool
++ after all. */
++ for (fdel = last_barrier->next;
++ fdel && fdel != ftmp; fdel = fdel->next)
++ {
++ fdel->minipool->refcount--;
++ fdel->minipool = NULL;
++ }
++
++ ftmp = last_barrier;
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ /* ftmp is first fix that we can't fit into this pool and there no
++ natural barriers that we could use. Insert a new barrier in the
++ code somewhere between the previous fix and this one, and
++ arrange to jump around it. */
++ HOST_WIDE_INT max_address;
++
++ /* The last item on the list of fixes must be a barrier, so we can
++ never run off the end of the list of fixes without last_barrier
++ being set. */
++ if (ftmp == NULL)
++ abort ();
++
++ max_address = minipool_vector_head->max_address;
++ /* Check that there isn't another fix that is in range that we
++ couldn't fit into this pool because the pool was already too
++ large: we need to put the pool before such an instruction. */
++ if (ftmp->address < max_address)
++ max_address = ftmp->address;
++
++ last_barrier = create_fix_barrier (last_added_fix, max_address);
++ }
++
++ assign_minipool_offsets (last_barrier);
++
++ while (ftmp)
++ {
++ if (GET_CODE (ftmp->insn) != BARRIER
++ && ((ftmp->minipool = add_minipool_backward_ref (ftmp))
++ == NULL))
++ break;
++
++ ftmp = ftmp->next;
++ }
++
++ /* Scan over the fixes we have identified for this pool, fixing them up
++ and adding the constants to the pool itself. */
++ for (this_fix = fix; this_fix && ftmp != this_fix;
++ this_fix = this_fix->next)
++ if (GET_CODE (this_fix->insn) != BARRIER
++ /* Do nothing for entries present just to force the insertion of
++ a minipool. */
++ && !IS_FORCE_MINIPOOL (this_fix->value))
++ {
++ rtx addr = plus_constant (gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode,
++ minipool_vector_label),
++ this_fix->minipool->offset);
++ *this_fix->loc = gen_rtx_MEM (this_fix->mode, addr);
++ }
++
++ dump_minipool (last_barrier->insn);
++ fix = ftmp;
++ }
++
++ /* Free the minipool memory. */
++ obstack_free (&minipool_obstack, minipool_startobj);
++
++ avr32_reorg_optimization ();
++}
++
++
++/* Hook for doing some final scanning of instructions. Does nothing yet...*/
++void
++avr32_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ rtx * opvec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
++ int noperands ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ return;
++}
++
++
++/* Function for changing the condition on the next instruction,
++ should be used when emmiting compare instructions and
++ the condition of the next instruction needs to change.
++*/
++int
++set_next_insn_cond (rtx cur_insn, rtx new_cond)
++{
++ rtx next_insn = next_nonnote_insn (cur_insn);
++ if ((next_insn != NULL_RTX)
++ && (INSN_P (next_insn)))
++ {
++ if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++ && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn))) == IF_THEN_ELSE))
++ {
++ /* Branch instructions */
++ XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0) = new_cond;
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (next_insn) = -1;
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++ else if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++ && avr32_comparison_operator (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)),
++ GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)))))
++ {
++ /* scc with no compare */
++ SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)) = new_cond;
++ /* Force the instruction to be recognized again */
++ INSN_CODE (next_insn) = -1;
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == COND_EXEC)
++ {
++ if ( GET_CODE (new_cond) == UNSPEC )
++ {
++ COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn)) =
++ gen_rtx_UNSPEC (CCmode,
++ gen_rtvec (2,
++ XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0),
++ XEXP (COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn)), 1)),
++ XINT (new_cond, 1));
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ PUT_CODE(COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn)), GET_CODE(new_cond));
++ }
++ }
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++/* Function for obtaining the condition for the next instruction after cur_insn.
++*/
++rtx
++get_next_insn_cond (rtx cur_insn)
++{
++ rtx next_insn = next_nonnote_insn (cur_insn);
++ rtx cond = NULL_RTX;
++ if (next_insn != NULL_RTX
++ && INSN_P (next_insn))
++ {
++ if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++ && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn))) == IF_THEN_ELSE))
++ {
++ /* Branch and cond if then else instructions */
++ cond = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0);
++ }
++ else if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++ && avr32_comparison_operator (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)),
++ GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)))))
++ {
++ /* scc with no compare */
++ cond = SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn));
++ }
++ else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == COND_EXEC)
++ {
++ cond = COND_EXEC_TEST (PATTERN (next_insn));
++ }
++ }
++ return cond;
++}
++
++
++/* Check if the next insn is a conditional insn that will emit a compare
++ for itself.
++*/
++rtx
++next_insn_emits_cmp (rtx cur_insn)
++{
++ rtx next_insn = next_nonnote_insn (cur_insn);
++ rtx cond = NULL_RTX;
++ if (next_insn != NULL_RTX
++ && INSN_P (next_insn))
++ {
++ if ( ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == SET)
++ && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn))) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
++ && (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (next_insn)), 0),0) != cc0_rtx))
++ || GET_CODE (PATTERN (next_insn)) == COND_EXEC )
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++rtx
++avr32_output_cmp (rtx cond, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
++{
++
++ rtx new_cond = NULL_RTX;
++ rtx ops[2];
++ rtx compare_pattern;
++ ops[0] = op0;
++ ops[1] = op1;
++
++ if ( GET_CODE (op0) == AND )
++ compare_pattern = op0;
++ else
++ compare_pattern = gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, op0, op1);
++
++ new_cond = is_compare_redundant (compare_pattern, cond);
++
++ if (new_cond != NULL_RTX)
++ return new_cond;
++
++ /* Check if we are inserting a bit-load instead of a compare. */
++ if ( GET_CODE (op0) == AND )
++ {
++ ops[0] = XEXP (op0, 0);
++ ops[1] = XEXP (op0, 1);
++ output_asm_insn ("bld\t%0, %p1", ops);
++ return cond;
++ }
++
++ /* Insert compare */
++ switch (mode)
++ {
++ case QImode:
++ output_asm_insn ("cp.b\t%0, %1", ops);
++ break;
++ case HImode:
++ output_asm_insn ("cp.h\t%0, %1", ops);
++ break;
++ case SImode:
++ output_asm_insn ("cp.w\t%0, %1", ops);
++ break;
++ case DImode:
++ if (GET_CODE (op1) != REG)
++ output_asm_insn ("cp.w\t%0, %1\ncpc\t%m0", ops);
++ else
++ output_asm_insn ("cp.w\t%0, %1\ncpc\t%m0, %m1", ops);
++ break;
++ default:
++ internal_error ("Unknown comparison mode");
++ break;
++ }
++
++ return cond;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_load_multiple_operation (rtx op,
++ enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
++ unsigned int dest_regno;
++ rtx src_addr;
++ rtx elt;
++ int i = 1, base = 0;
++
++ if (count <= 1 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET)
++ return 0;
++
++ /* Check to see if this might be a write-back. */
++ if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, 0))) == PLUS)
++ {
++ i++;
++ base = 1;
++
++ /* Now check it more carefully. */
++ if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != REG
++ || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 0)) != REG
++ || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 1)) != CONST_INT
++ || INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (elt), 1)) != (count - 1) * 4)
++ return 0;
++ }
++
++ /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
++ if (count <= 1
++ || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)) != SET
++ || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != REG
++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != UNSPEC)
++ return 0;
++
++ dest_regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)));
++ src_addr = XEXP (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)), 0);
++
++ for (; i < count; i++)
++ {
++ elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
++
++ if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
++ || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != REG
++ || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != UNSPEC)
++ return 0;
++ }
++
++ return 1;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_store_multiple_operation (rtx op,
++ enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
++{
++ int count = XVECLEN (op, 0);
++ int src_regno;
++ rtx dest_addr;
++ rtx elt;
++ int i = 1;
++
++ if (count <= 1 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, 0)) != SET)
++ return 0;
++
++ /* Perform a quick check so we don't blow up below. */
++ if (count <= i
++ || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)) != SET
++ || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != MEM
++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1))) != UNSPEC)
++ return 0;
++
++ src_regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)));
++ dest_addr = XEXP (SET_DEST (XVECEXP (op, 0, i - 1)), 0);
++
++ for (; i < count; i++)
++ {
++ elt = XVECEXP (op, 0, i);
++
++ if (GET_CODE (elt) != SET
++ || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != MEM
++ || GET_MODE (SET_DEST (elt)) != SImode
++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (elt)) != UNSPEC)
++ return 0;
++ }
++
++ return 1;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_valid_macmac_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++{
++ /* Check if they use the same accumulator */
++ if (rtx_equal_p
++ (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_valid_mulmac_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++{
++ /*
++ Check if the mul instruction produces the accumulator for the mac
++ instruction. */
++ if (rtx_equal_p
++ (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_store_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++{
++ /* Only valid bypass if the output result is used as an src in the store
++ instruction, NOT if used as a pointer or base. */
++ if (rtx_equal_p
++ (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_mul_waw_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++{
++ /* Check if the register holding the result from the mul instruction is
++ used as a result register in the input instruction. */
++ if (rtx_equal_p
++ (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)), SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_in))))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_valid_load_double_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++{
++ /* Check if the first loaded word in insn_out is used in insn_in. */
++ rtx dst_reg;
++ rtx second_loaded_reg;
++
++ /* If this is a double alu operation then the bypass is not valid */
++ if ((get_attr_type (insn_in) == TYPE_ALU
++ || get_attr_type (insn_in) == TYPE_ALU2)
++ && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out)))) > 4))
++ return FALSE;
++
++ /* Get the destination register in the load */
++ if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out))))
++ return FALSE;
++
++ dst_reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out));
++ second_loaded_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (dst_reg) + 1);
++
++ if (!reg_mentioned_p (second_loaded_reg, PATTERN (insn_in)))
++ return TRUE;
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++int
++avr32_valid_load_quad_bypass (rtx insn_out, rtx insn_in)
++{
++ /*
++ Check if the two first loaded word in insn_out are used in insn_in. */
++ rtx dst_reg;
++ rtx third_loaded_reg, fourth_loaded_reg;
++
++ /* Get the destination register in the load */
++ if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out))))
++ return FALSE;
++
++ dst_reg = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn_out));
++ third_loaded_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (dst_reg) + 2);
++ fourth_loaded_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (dst_reg) + 3);
++
++ if (!reg_mentioned_p (third_loaded_reg, PATTERN (insn_in))
++ && !reg_mentioned_p (fourth_loaded_reg, PATTERN (insn_in)))
++ {
++ return TRUE;
++ }
++
++ return FALSE;
++}
++
++
++rtx
++avr32_ifcvt_modify_test (ce_if_block_t *ce_info, rtx test )
++{
++ rtx branch_insn;
++ rtx cmp_test;
++ rtx compare_op0;
++ rtx compare_op1;
++
++
++ if ( !ce_info
++ || test == NULL_RTX
++ || !reg_mentioned_p (cc0_rtx, test))
++ return test;
++
++ branch_insn = BB_END (ce_info->test_bb);
++ cmp_test = PATTERN(prev_nonnote_insn (branch_insn));
++
++ if (GET_CODE(cmp_test) != SET
++ || !CC0_P(XEXP(cmp_test, 0)) )
++ return cmp_test;
++
++ if ( GET_CODE(SET_SRC(cmp_test)) == COMPARE ){
++ compare_op0 = XEXP(SET_SRC(cmp_test), 0);
++ compare_op1 = XEXP(SET_SRC(cmp_test), 1);
++ } else {
++ compare_op0 = SET_SRC(cmp_test);
++ compare_op1 = const0_rtx;
++ }
++
++ return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE(test), GET_MODE (compare_op0),
++ compare_op0, compare_op1);
++}
++
++
++rtx
++avr32_ifcvt_modify_insn (ce_if_block_t *ce_info, rtx pattern, rtx insn,
++ int *num_true_changes)
++{
++ rtx test = COND_EXEC_TEST(pattern);
++ rtx op = COND_EXEC_CODE(pattern);
++ rtx cmp_insn;
++ rtx cond_exec_insn;
++ int inputs_set_outside_ifblock = 1;
++ basic_block current_bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn);
++ rtx bb_insn ;
++ enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
++
++ if (CC0_P(XEXP(test, 0)))
++ test = avr32_ifcvt_modify_test (ce_info,
++ test );
++
++ /* We do not support multiple tests. */
++ if ( ce_info
++ && ce_info->num_multiple_test_blocks > 0 )
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ pattern = gen_rtx_COND_EXEC (VOIDmode, test, op);
++
++ if ( !reload_completed )
++ {
++ rtx start;
++ int num_insns;
++ int max_insns = MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE;
++
++ if ( !ce_info )
++ return op;
++
++ /* Check if the insn is not suitable for conditional
++ execution. */
++ start_sequence ();
++ cond_exec_insn = emit_insn (pattern);
++ if ( recog_memoized (cond_exec_insn) < 0
++ && can_create_pseudo_p () )
++ {
++ /* Insn is not suitable for conditional execution, try
++ to fix it up by using an extra scratch register or
++ by pulling the operation outside the if-then-else
++ and then emiting a conditional move inside the if-then-else. */
++ end_sequence ();
++ if ( GET_CODE (op) != SET
++ || !REG_P (SET_DEST (op))
++ || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (op)) == IF_THEN_ELSE
++ || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD )
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ /* Check if any of the input operands to the insn is set inside the
++ current block. */
++ if ( current_bb->index == ce_info->then_bb->index )
++ start = PREV_INSN (BB_HEAD (ce_info->then_bb));
++ else
++ start = PREV_INSN (BB_HEAD (ce_info->else_bb));
++
++
++ for ( bb_insn = next_nonnote_insn (start); bb_insn != insn; bb_insn = next_nonnote_insn (bb_insn) )
++ {
++ rtx set = single_set (bb_insn);
++
++ if ( set && reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (op)))
++ {
++ inputs_set_outside_ifblock = 0;
++ break;
++ }
++ }
++
++ cmp_insn = prev_nonnote_insn (BB_END (ce_info->test_bb));
++
++
++ /* Check if we can insert more insns. */
++ num_insns = ( ce_info->num_then_insns +
++ ce_info->num_else_insns +
++ ce_info->num_cond_clobber_insns +
++ ce_info->num_extra_move_insns );
++
++ if ( ce_info->num_else_insns != 0 )
++ max_insns *=2;
++
++ if ( num_insns >= max_insns )
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ /* Check if we have an instruction which might be converted to
++ conditional form if we give it a scratch register to clobber. */
++ {
++ rtx clobber_insn;
++ rtx scratch_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
++ rtx new_pattern = copy_rtx (pattern);
++ rtx set_src = SET_SRC (COND_EXEC_CODE (new_pattern));
++
++ rtx clobber = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (mode, scratch_reg);
++ rtx vec[2] = { COND_EXEC_CODE (new_pattern), clobber };
++ COND_EXEC_CODE (new_pattern) = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec_v (2, vec));
++
++ start_sequence ();
++ clobber_insn = emit_insn (new_pattern);
++
++ if ( recog_memoized (clobber_insn) >= 0
++ && ( ( GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (set_src)) == 2
++ && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (set_src, 1))
++ && avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (XEXP (set_src, 1)), 'K', "Ks08") )
++ || !ce_info->else_bb
++ || current_bb->index == ce_info->else_bb->index ))
++ {
++ end_sequence ();
++ /* Force the insn to be recognized again. */
++ INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++
++ /* If this is the first change in this IF-block then
++ signal that we have made a change. */
++ if ( ce_info->num_cond_clobber_insns == 0
++ && ce_info->num_extra_move_insns == 0 )
++ *num_true_changes += 1;
++
++ ce_info->num_cond_clobber_insns++;
++
++ if (dump_file)
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ "\nReplacing INSN %d with an insn using a scratch register for later ifcvt passes...\n",
++ INSN_UID (insn));
++
++ return COND_EXEC_CODE (new_pattern);
++ }
++ end_sequence ();
++ }
++
++ if ( inputs_set_outside_ifblock )
++ {
++ /* Check if the insn before the cmp is an and which used
++ together with the cmp can be optimized into a bld. If
++ so then we should try to put the insn before the and
++ so that we can catch the bld peephole. */
++ rtx set;
++ rtx insn_before_cmp_insn = prev_nonnote_insn (cmp_insn);
++ if (insn_before_cmp_insn
++ && (set = single_set (insn_before_cmp_insn))
++ && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == AND
++ && one_bit_set_operand (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1), SImode)
++ /* Also make sure that the insn does not set any
++ of the input operands to the insn we are pulling out. */
++ && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (op)) )
++ cmp_insn = prev_nonnote_insn (cmp_insn);
++
++ /* We can try to put the operation outside the if-then-else
++ blocks and insert a move. */
++ if ( !insn_invalid_p (insn)
++ /* Do not allow conditional insns to be moved outside the
++ if-then-else. */
++ && !reg_mentioned_p (cc0_rtx, insn)
++ /* We cannot move memory loads outside of the if-then-else
++ since the memory access should not be perfomed if the
++ condition is not met. */
++ && !mem_mentioned_p (SET_SRC (op)) )
++ {
++ rtx scratch_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
++ rtx op_pattern = copy_rtx (op);
++ rtx new_insn, seq;
++ rtx link, prev_link;
++ op = copy_rtx (op);
++ /* Emit the operation to a temp reg before the compare,
++ and emit a move inside the if-then-else, hoping that the
++ whole if-then-else can be converted to conditional
++ execution. */
++ SET_DEST (op_pattern) = scratch_reg;
++ start_sequence ();
++ new_insn = emit_insn (op_pattern);
++ seq = get_insns();
++ end_sequence ();
++
++ /* Check again that the insn is valid. For some insns the insn might
++ become invalid if the destination register is changed. Ie. for mulacc
++ operations. */
++ if ( insn_invalid_p (new_insn) )
++ return NULL_RTX;
++
++ emit_insn_before_setloc (seq, cmp_insn, INSN_LOCATOR (insn));
++
++ if (dump_file)
++ fprintf (dump_file,
++ "\nMoving INSN %d out of IF-block by adding INSN %d...\n",
++ INSN_UID (insn), INSN_UID (new_insn));
++
++ ce_info->extra_move_insns[ce_info->num_extra_move_insns] = insn;
++ ce_info->moved_insns[ce_info->num_extra_move_insns] = new_insn;
++ XEXP (op, 1) = scratch_reg;
++ /* Force the insn to be recognized again. */
++ INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
++
++ /* Move REG_DEAD notes to the moved insn. */
++ prev_link = NULL_RTX;
++ for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
++ {
++ if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEAD)
++ {
++ /* Add the REG_DEAD note to the new insn. */
++ rtx dead_reg = XEXP (link, 0);
++ REG_NOTES (new_insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, dead_reg, REG_NOTES (new_insn));
++ /* Remove the REG_DEAD note from the insn we convert to a move. */
++ if ( prev_link )
++ XEXP (prev_link, 1) = XEXP (link, 1);
++ else
++ REG_NOTES (insn) = XEXP (link, 1);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ prev_link = link;
++ }
++ }
++ /* Add a REG_DEAD note to signal that the scratch register is dead. */
++ REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_DEAD, scratch_reg, REG_NOTES (insn));
++
++ /* If this is the first change in this IF-block then
++ signal that we have made a change. */
++ if ( ce_info->num_cond_clobber_insns == 0
++ && ce_info->num_extra_move_insns == 0 )
++ *num_true_changes += 1;
++
++ ce_info->num_extra_move_insns++;
++ return op;
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* We failed to fixup the insns, so this if-then-else can not be made
++ conditional. Just return NULL_RTX so that the if-then-else conversion
++ for this if-then-else will be cancelled. */
++ return NULL_RTX;
++ }
++ end_sequence ();
++ return op;
++ }
++
++ /* Signal that we have started if conversion after reload, which means
++ that it should be safe to split all the predicable clobber insns which
++ did not become cond_exec back into a simpler form if possible. */
++ cfun->machine->ifcvt_after_reload = 1;
++
++ return pattern;
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_ifcvt_modify_cancel ( ce_if_block_t *ce_info, int *num_true_changes)
++{
++ int n;
++
++ if ( ce_info->num_extra_move_insns > 0
++ && ce_info->num_cond_clobber_insns == 0)
++ /* Signal that we did not do any changes after all. */
++ *num_true_changes -= 1;
++
++ /* Remove any inserted move insns. */
++ for ( n = 0; n < ce_info->num_extra_move_insns; n++ )
++ {
++ rtx link, prev_link;
++
++ /* Remove REG_DEAD note since we are not needing the scratch register anyway. */
++ prev_link = NULL_RTX;
++ for (link = REG_NOTES (ce_info->extra_move_insns[n]); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
++ {
++ if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_DEAD)
++ {
++ if ( prev_link )
++ XEXP (prev_link, 1) = XEXP (link, 1);
++ else
++ REG_NOTES (ce_info->extra_move_insns[n]) = XEXP (link, 1);
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ prev_link = link;
++ }
++ }
++
++ /* Revert all reg_notes for the moved insn. */
++ for (link = REG_NOTES (ce_info->moved_insns[n]); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
++ {
++ REG_NOTES (ce_info->extra_move_insns[n]) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (link),
++ XEXP (link, 0),
++ REG_NOTES (ce_info->extra_move_insns[n]));
++ }
++
++ /* Remove the moved insn. */
++ remove_insn ( ce_info->moved_insns[n] );
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Function returning TRUE if INSN with OPERANDS is a splittable
++ conditional immediate clobber insn. We assume that the insn is
++ already a conditional immediate clobber insns and do not check
++ for that. */
++int
++avr32_cond_imm_clobber_splittable (rtx insn, rtx operands[])
++{
++ if ( REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (operands[1]) )
++ {
++ if ( (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn),0,0))) == PLUS
++ && !avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (operands[2]), 'I', "Is21"))
++ || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn),0,0))) == MINUS
++ && !avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (operands[2]), 'K', "Ks21")))
++ return FALSE;
++ }
++ else if ( (logical_binary_operator (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn),0,0)), VOIDmode)
++ || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn),0,0))) == PLUS
++ && !avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (operands[2]), 'I', "Is16"))
++ || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn),0,0))) == MINUS
++ && !avr32_const_ok_for_constraint_p (INTVAL (operands[2]), 'K', "Ks16"))) )
++ return FALSE;
++
++ return TRUE;
++}
++
++
++/* Function for getting an integer value from a const_int or const_double
++ expression regardless of the HOST_WIDE_INT size. Each target cpu word
++ will be put into the val array where the LSW will be stored at the lowest
++ address and so forth. Assumes that const_expr is either a const_int or
++ const_double. Only valid for modes which have sizes that are a multiple
++ of the word size.
++*/
++void
++avr32_get_intval (enum machine_mode mode, rtx const_expr, HOST_WIDE_INT *val)
++{
++ int words_in_mode = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)/UNITS_PER_WORD;
++ const int words_in_const_int = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_WORD;
++
++ if ( GET_CODE(const_expr) == CONST_DOUBLE ){
++ HOST_WIDE_INT hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH(const_expr);
++ HOST_WIDE_INT lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW(const_expr);
++ /* Evaluate hi and lo values of const_double. */
++ avr32_get_intval (mode_for_size (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, MODE_INT, 0),
++ GEN_INT (lo),
++ &val[0]);
++ avr32_get_intval (mode_for_size (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, MODE_INT, 0),
++ GEN_INT (hi),
++ &val[words_in_const_int]);
++ } else if ( GET_CODE(const_expr) == CONST_INT ){
++ HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL(const_expr);
++ int word;
++ for ( word = 0; (word < words_in_mode) && (word < words_in_const_int); word++ ){
++ /* Shift word up to the MSW and shift down again to extract the
++ word and sign-extend. */
++ int lshift = (words_in_const_int - word - 1) * BITS_PER_WORD;
++ int rshift = (words_in_const_int-1) * BITS_PER_WORD;
++ val[word] = (value << lshift) >> rshift;
++ }
++
++ for ( ; word < words_in_mode; word++ ){
++ /* Just put the sign bits in the remaining words. */
++ val[word] = value < 0 ? -1 : 0;
++ }
++ }
++}
++
++
++void
++avr32_split_const_expr (enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode new_mode,
++ rtx expr, rtx *split_expr)
++{
++ int i, word;
++ int words_in_intval = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)/UNITS_PER_WORD;
++ int words_in_split_values = GET_MODE_SIZE (new_mode)/UNITS_PER_WORD;
++ const int words_in_const_int = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_WORD;
++ HOST_WIDE_INT *val = alloca (words_in_intval * UNITS_PER_WORD);
++
++ avr32_get_intval (mode, expr, val);
++
++ for ( i=0; i < (words_in_intval/words_in_split_values); i++ )
++ {
++ HOST_WIDE_INT value_lo = 0, value_hi = 0;
++ for ( word = 0; word < words_in_split_values; word++ )
++ {
++ if ( word >= words_in_const_int )
++ value_hi |= ((val[i * words_in_split_values + word] &
++ (((HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << BITS_PER_WORD)-1))
++ << (BITS_PER_WORD * (word - words_in_const_int)));
++ else
++ value_lo |= ((val[i * words_in_split_values + word] &
++ (((HOST_WIDE_INT)1 << BITS_PER_WORD)-1))
++ << (BITS_PER_WORD * word));
++ }
++ split_expr[i] = immed_double_const(value_lo, value_hi, new_mode);
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Set up library functions to comply to AVR32 ABI */
++static void
++avr32_init_libfuncs (void)
++{
++ /* Convert gcc run-time function names to AVR32 ABI names */
++
++ /* Double-precision floating-point arithmetic. */
++ set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++
++ /* Double-precision comparisons. */
++ set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_cmp_eq");
++ set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++ set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_cmp_lt");
++ set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++ set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_cmp_ge");
++ set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, DFmode, NULL);
++
++ /* Single-precision floating-point arithmetic. */
++ set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_mul");
++ set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++
++ /* Single-precision comparisons. */
++ set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_cmp_eq");
++ set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++ set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_cmp_lt");
++ set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++ set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_cmp_ge");
++ set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, SFmode, NULL);
++
++ /* Floating-point to integer conversions. */
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_s32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_u32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_s64");
++ set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_u64");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_s32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_u32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_s64");
++ set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_u64");
++
++ /* Conversions between floating types. */
++ set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_to_f32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, DFmode, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_to_f64");
++
++ /* Integer to floating-point conversions. Table 8. */
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__avr32_s32_to_f64");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, "__avr32_s64_to_f64");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__avr32_s32_to_f32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, "__avr32_s64_to_f32");
++ set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__avr32_u32_to_f64");
++ set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__avr32_u32_to_f32");
++ /* TODO: Add these to gcc library functions */
++ //set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, DFmode, DImode, NULL);
++ //set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, SFmode, DImode, NULL);
++
++ /* Long long. Table 9. */
++ set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DImode, "__avr32_mul64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "__avr32_sdiv64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "__avr32_udiv64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, "__avr32_smod64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, "__avr32_umod64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (ashl_optab, DImode, "__avr32_lsl64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (lshr_optab, DImode, "__avr32_lsr64");
++ set_optab_libfunc (ashr_optab, DImode, "__avr32_asr64");
++
++ /* Floating point library functions which have fast versions. */
++ if ( TARGET_FAST_FLOAT )
++ {
++ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_div_fast");
++ set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_mul_fast");
++ set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_add_fast");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_sub_fast");
++ set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_add_fast");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_sub_fast");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_div_fast");
++ }
++ else
++ {
++ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_div");
++ set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_mul");
++ set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_add");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__avr32_f64_sub");
++ set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_add");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_sub");
++ set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__avr32_f32_div");
++ }
++}
++
++
++/* Record a flashvault declaration. */
++static void
++flashvault_decl_list_add (unsigned int vector_num, const char *name)
++{
++ struct flashvault_decl_list *p;
++
++ p = (struct flashvault_decl_list *)
++ xmalloc (sizeof (struct flashvault_decl_list));
++ p->next = flashvault_decl_list_head;
++ p->name = name;
++ p->vector_num = vector_num;
++ flashvault_decl_list_head = p;
++}
++
++
++static void
++avr32_file_end (void)
++{
++ struct flashvault_decl_list *p;
++ unsigned int num_entries = 0;
++
++ /* Check if a list of flashvault declarations exists. */
++ if (flashvault_decl_list_head != NULL)
++ {
++ /* Calculate the number of entries in the table. */
++ for (p = flashvault_decl_list_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
++ {
++ num_entries++;
++ }
++
++ /* Generate the beginning of the flashvault data table. */
++ fputs ("\t.global __fv_table\n"
++ "\t.data\n"
++ "\t.align 2\n"
++ "\t.set .LFVTABLE, . + 0\n"
++ "\t.type __fv_table, @object\n", asm_out_file);
++ /* Each table entry is 8 bytes. */
++ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.size __fv_table, %u\n", (num_entries * 8));
++
++ fputs("__fv_table:\n", asm_out_file);
++
++ for (p = flashvault_decl_list_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
++ {
++ /* Output table entry. */
++ fprintf (asm_out_file,
++ "\t.align 2\n"
++ "\t.int %u\n", p->vector_num);
++ fprintf (asm_out_file,
++ "\t.align 2\n"
++ "\t.int %s\n", p->name);
++ }
++ }
++}
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/gcc/config/avr32/avr32-elf.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
++/*
++ Elf specific definitions.
++ Copyright 2003,2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009 Atmel Corporation.
++
++ This file is part of GCC.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ (at your option) any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
++ GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++
++/*****************************************************************************
++ * Controlling the Compiler Driver, 'gcc'
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* Run-time Target Specification. */
++#undef TARGET_VERSION
++#define TARGET_VERSION fputs (" (AVR32 GNU with ELF)", stderr);
++
++/*
++Another C string constant used much like LINK_SPEC. The
++difference between the two is that STARTFILE_SPEC is used at
++the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
++
++If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
++standard C startup file from the usual place. See gcc.c.
++*/
++#if 0
++#undef STARTFILE_SPEC
++#define STARTFILE_SPEC "crt0%O%s crti%O%s crtbegin%O%s"
++#endif
++#undef STARTFILE_SPEC
++#define STARTFILE_SPEC "%{mflashvault: crtfv.o%s} %{!mflashvault: crt0.o%s} \
++ crti.o%s crtbegin.o%s"
++
++#undef LINK_SPEC
++#define LINK_SPEC "%{muse-oscall:--defsym __do_not_use_oscall_coproc__=0} %{mrelax|O*:%{mno-relax|O0|O1: ;:--relax}} %{mpart=uc3a3revd:-mavr32elf_uc3a3256s;:%{mpart=*:-mavr32elf_%*}} %{mcpu=*:-mavr32elf_%*}"
++
++
++/*
++Another C string constant used much like LINK_SPEC. The
++difference between the two is that ENDFILE_SPEC is used at
++the very end of the command given to the linker.
++
++Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
++*/
++#undef ENDFILE_SPEC
++#define ENDFILE_SPEC "crtend%O%s crtn%O%s"
++
++
++/* Target CPU builtins. */
++#define TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS() \
++ do \
++ { \
++ builtin_define ("__avr32__"); \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32__"); \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_ELF__"); \
++ builtin_define (avr32_part->macro); \
++ builtin_define (avr32_arch->macro); \
++ if (avr32_arch->uarch_type == UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_AVR32A__"); \
++ else \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_AVR32B__"); \
++ if (TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD__"); \
++ if (TARGET_SIMD) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_SIMD__"); \
++ if (TARGET_DSP) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_DSP__"); \
++ if (TARGET_RMW) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_RMW__"); \
++ if (TARGET_BRANCH_PRED) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED__"); \
++ if (TARGET_FAST_FLOAT) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_FAST_FLOAT__"); \
++ if (TARGET_FLASHVAULT) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_FLASHVAULT__"); \
++ if (TARGET_NO_MUL_INSNS) \
++ builtin_define ("__AVR32_NO_MUL__"); \
++ } \
++ while (0)
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/gcc/config/avr32/avr32.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,3316 @@
++/*
++ Definitions of target machine for AVR32.
++ Copyright 2003,2004,2005,2006,2007,2008,2009,2010 Atmel Corporation.
++
++ This file is part of GCC.
++
++ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
++ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
++ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
++ (at your option) any later version.
++
++ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
++ GNU General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
++ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
++
++#ifndef GCC_AVR32_H
++#define GCC_AVR32_H
++
++
++#ifndef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
++#error avr32.h included before elfos.h
++#endif
++
++#ifndef LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
++#define LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX "."
++#endif
++
++#ifndef SUBTARGET_CPP_SPEC
++#define SUBTARGET_CPP_SPEC "-D__ELF__"
++#endif
++
++
++extern struct rtx_def *avr32_compare_op0;
++extern struct rtx_def *avr32_compare_op1;
++
++/* comparison type */
++enum avr32_cmp_type {
++ CMP_QI, /* 1 byte ->char */
++ CMP_HI, /* 2 byte->half word */
++ CMP_SI, /* four byte->word*/
++ CMP_DI, /* eight byte->double word */
++ CMP_SF, /* single precision floats */
++ CMP_MAX /* max comparison type */
++};
++
++extern enum avr32_cmp_type avr32_branch_type; /* type of branch to use */
++
++
++extern struct rtx_def *avr32_acc_cache;
++
++/* cache instruction op5 codes */
++#define AVR32_CACHE_INVALIDATE_ICACHE 1
++
++/*
++These bits describe the different types of function supported by the AVR32
++backend. They are exclusive, e.g. a function cannot be both a normal function
++and an interworked function. Knowing the type of a function is important for
++determining its prologue and epilogue sequences. Note value 7 is currently
++unassigned. Also note that the interrupt function types all have bit 2 set,
++so that they can be tested for easily. Note that 0 is deliberately chosen for
++AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN so that when the machine_function structure is initialized
++(to zero) func_type will default to unknown. This will force the first use of
++avr32_current_func_type to call avr32_compute_func_type.
++*/
++#define AVR32_FT_UNKNOWN 0 /* Type has not yet been determined. */
++#define AVR32_FT_NORMAL 1 /* Normal function. */
++#define AVR32_FT_ACALL 2 /* An acall function. */
++#define AVR32_FT_EXCEPTION_HANDLER 3 /* A C++ exception handler. */
++#define AVR32_FT_ISR_FULL 4 /* A fully shadowed interrupt mode. */
++#define AVR32_FT_ISR_HALF 5 /* A half shadowed interrupt mode. */
++#define AVR32_FT_ISR_NONE 6 /* No shadow registers. */
++
++#define AVR32_FT_TYPE_MASK ((1 << 3) - 1)
++
++/* In addition functions can have several type modifiers, outlined by these bit masks: */
++#define AVR32_FT_INTERRUPT (1 << 2) /* Note overlap with FT_ISR and above. */
++#define AVR32_FT_NAKED (1 << 3) /* No prologue or epilogue. */
++#define AVR32_FT_VOLATILE (1 << 4) /* Does not return. */
++#define AVR32_FT_NESTED (1 << 5) /* Embedded inside another func. */
++#define AVR32_FT_FLASHVAULT (1 << 6) /* Flashvault function call. */
++#define AVR32_FT_FLASHVAULT_IMPL (1 << 7) /* Function definition in FlashVault. */
++
++
++/* Some macros to test these flags. */
++#define AVR32_FUNC_TYPE(t) (t & AVR32_FT_TYPE_MASK)
++#define IS_INTERRUPT(t) (t & AVR32_FT_INTERRUPT)
++#define IS_NAKED(t) (t & AVR32_FT_NAKED)
++#define IS_VOLATILE(t) (t & AVR32_FT_VOLATILE)
++#define IS_NESTED(t) (t & AVR32_FT_NESTED)
++#define IS_FLASHVAULT(t) (t & AVR32_FT_FLASHVAULT)
++#define IS_FLASHVAULT_IMPL(t) (t & AVR32_FT_FLASHVAULT_IMPL)
++
++#define SYMBOL_FLAG_RMW_ADDR_SHIFT SYMBOL_FLAG_MACH_DEP_SHIFT
++#define SYMBOL_REF_RMW_ADDR(RTX) \
++ ((SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (RTX) & (1 << SYMBOL_FLAG_RMW_ADDR_SHIFT)) != 0)
++
++
++typedef struct minipool_labels
++GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"), chain_prev ("%h.prev")))
++{
++ rtx label;
++ struct minipool_labels *prev;
++ struct minipool_labels *next;
++} minipool_labels;
++
++/* A C structure for machine-specific, per-function data.
++ This is added to the cfun structure. */
++
++typedef struct machine_function
++GTY (())
++{
++ /* Records the type of the current function. */
++ unsigned long func_type;
++ /* List of minipool labels, use for checking if code label is valid in a
++ memory expression */
++ minipool_labels *minipool_label_head;
++ minipool_labels *minipool_label_tail;
++ int ifcvt_after_reload;
++} machine_function;
++
++/* Initialize data used by insn expanders. This is called from insn_emit,
++ once for every function before code is generated. */
++#define INIT_EXPANDERS avr32_init_expanders ()
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * SPECS
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++#ifndef ASM_SPEC
++#define ASM_SPEC "%{fpic:--pic} %{mrelax|O*:%{mno-relax|O0|O1: ;:--linkrelax}} %{march=ucr2nomul:-march=ucr2;:%{march=*:-march=%*}} %{mpart=uc3a3revd:-mpart=uc3a3256s;:%{mpart=*:-mpart=%*}}"
++#endif
++
++#ifndef MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
++#define MULTILIB_DEFAULTS { "march=ap", "" }
++#endif
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Run-time Target Specification
++ *****************************************************************************/
++#ifndef TARGET_VERSION
++#define TARGET_VERSION fprintf(stderr, " (AVR32, GNU assembler syntax)");
++#endif
++
++
++/* Part types. Keep this in sync with the order of avr32_part_types in avr32.c*/
++enum part_type
++{
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_NONE,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7000,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7001,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7002,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_AP7200,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0512,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A0512ES,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1512,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A1512ES,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3REVD,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A364,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A364S,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3128S,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A3256S,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A464,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A464S,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4128S,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3A4256S,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B064,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0256ES,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0512,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B0512REVC,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B164,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1256ES,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1512,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3B1512REVC,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64D3,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128D3,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64D4,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128D4,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0512CREVC,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1512CREVC,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2512CREVC,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L0256,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L0128,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L064,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L032,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L016,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3L064REVB,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64L3U,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128L3U,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC256L3U,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC64L4U,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC128L4U,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC256L4U,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C064C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0128C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0256C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C0512C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C164C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1128C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1256C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C1512C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C264C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2128C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2256C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_UC3C2512C,
++ PART_TYPE_AVR32_MXT768E
++};
++
++/* Microarchitectures. */
++enum microarchitecture_type
++{
++ UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A,
++ UARCH_TYPE_AVR32B,
++ UARCH_TYPE_NONE
++};
++
++/* Architectures types which specifies the pipeline.
++ Keep this in sync with avr32_arch_types in avr32.c
++ and the pipeline attribute in avr32.md */
++enum architecture_type
++{
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP,
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1,
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2,
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2NOMUL,
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3,
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR3FP,
++ ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_NONE
++};
++
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for DSP instructions.*/
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP (1 << 0)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for Read-Modify-Write
++ instructions.*/
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW (1 << 1)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for SIMD instructions. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_SIMD (1 << 2)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for unaligned memory word access. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD (1 << 3)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for branch prediction. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED (1 << 4)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for a return stack. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RETURN_STACK (1 << 5)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has caches. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_CACHES (1 << 6)
++/* Flag specifying if the cpu has support for v2 insns. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_V2_INSNS (1 << 7)
++/* Flag specifying that the cpu has buggy mul insns. */
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_NO_MUL_INSNS (1 << 8)
++/* Flag specifying that the device has FPU instructions according
++ to AVR32002 specifications*/
++#define FLAG_AVR32_HAS_FPU (1 << 9)
++
++/* Structure for holding information about different avr32 CPUs/parts */
++struct part_type_s
++{
++ const char *const name;
++ enum part_type part_type;
++ enum architecture_type arch_type;
++ /* Must lie outside user's namespace. NULL == no macro. */
++ const char *const macro;
++};
++
++/* Structure for holding information about different avr32 pipeline
++ architectures. */
++struct arch_type_s
++{
++ const char *const name;
++ enum architecture_type arch_type;
++ enum microarchitecture_type uarch_type;
++ const unsigned long feature_flags;
++ /* Must lie outside user's namespace. NULL == no macro. */
++ const char *const macro;
++};
++
++extern const struct part_type_s *avr32_part;
++extern const struct arch_type_s *avr32_arch;
++
++#define TARGET_SIMD (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_SIMD)
++#define TARGET_DSP (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_DSP)
++#define TARGET_RMW (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RMW)
++#define TARGET_UNALIGNED_WORD (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_UNALIGNED_WORD)
++#define TARGET_BRANCH_PRED (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_BRANCH_PRED)
++#define TARGET_RETURN_STACK (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_RETURN_STACK)
++#define TARGET_V2_INSNS (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_V2_INSNS)
++#define TARGET_CACHES (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_CACHES)
++#define TARGET_NO_MUL_INSNS (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_NO_MUL_INSNS)
++#define TARGET_ARCH_AP (avr32_arch->arch_type == ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_AP)
++#define TARGET_ARCH_UCR1 (avr32_arch->arch_type == ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR1)
++#define TARGET_ARCH_UCR2 (avr32_arch->arch_type == ARCH_TYPE_AVR32_UCR2)
++#define TARGET_ARCH_UC (TARGET_ARCH_UCR1 || TARGET_ARCH_UCR2)
++#define TARGET_UARCH_AVR32A (avr32_arch->uarch_type == UARCH_TYPE_AVR32A)
++#define TARGET_UARCH_AVR32B (avr32_arch->uarch_type == UARCH_TYPE_AVR32B)
++#define TARGET_ARCH_FPU (avr32_arch->feature_flags & FLAG_AVR32_HAS_FPU)
++
++#define CAN_DEBUG_WITHOUT_FP
++
++
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Storage Layout
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
++byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
++This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
++bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
++be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
++macro need not be a constant.
++
++This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
++bytes or words; that is controlled by BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN.
++*/
++#define BITS_BIG_ENDIAN 0
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
++word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
++*/
++/*
++ Data is stored in an big-endian way.
++*/
++#define BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN 1
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
++most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
++memory locations and registers; GCC fundamentally assumes that the
++order of words in memory is the same as the order in registers. This
++macro need not be a constant.
++*/
++/*
++ Data is stored in an bin-endian way.
++*/
++#define WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
++
++/*
++Define this macro if WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN is not constant. This must be a
++constant value with the same meaning as WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, which will be
++used only when compiling libgcc2.c. Typically the value will be set
++based on preprocessor defines.
++*/
++#define LIBGCC2_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
++
++/*
++Define this macro to have the value 1 if DFmode, XFmode or
++TFmode floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
++containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
++have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
++
++You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
++multi-word integers.
++*/
++/* #define FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN 1 */
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be the number of bits in an addressable storage
++unit (byte); normally 8.
++*/
++#define BITS_PER_UNIT 8
++
++/*
++Number of bits in a word; normally 32.
++*/
++#define BITS_PER_WORD 32
++
++/*
++Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
++BITS_PER_WORD. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
++largest value that BITS_PER_WORD can have at run-time.
++*/
++/* MAX_BITS_PER_WORD not defined*/
++
++/*
++Number of storage units in a word; normally 4.
++*/
++#define UNITS_PER_WORD 4
++
++/*
++Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
++UNITS_PER_WORD. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
++smallest value that UNITS_PER_WORD can have at run-time.
++*/
++/* MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD not defined */
++
++/*
++Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
++width of Pmode. If it is not equal to the width of Pmode,
++you must define POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED.
++*/
++#define POINTER_SIZE 32
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is greater than zero if pointers that need to be
++extended from being POINTER_SIZE bits wide to Pmode are to
++be zero-extended and zero if they are to be sign-extended. If the value
++is less then zero then there must be an "ptr_extend" instruction that
++extends a pointer from POINTER_SIZE to Pmode.
++
++You need not define this macro if the POINTER_SIZE is equal
++to the width of Pmode.
++*/
++/* #define POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED */
++
++/*
++A Macro to update M and UNSIGNEDP when an object whose type
++is TYPE and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
++stored in a register. This macro is only called when TYPE is a
++scalar type.
++
++On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
++register, define this macro to set M to word_mode if
++M is an integer mode narrower than BITS_PER_WORD. In most
++cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
++floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
++counterparts.
++
++For most machines, the macro definition does not change UNSIGNEDP.
++However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
++either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
++the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
++sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
++UNSIGNEDP according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
++
++Do not define this macro if it would never modify M.
++*/
++#define PROMOTE_MODE(M, UNSIGNEDP, TYPE) \
++ { \
++ if (!AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE) \
++ && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT \
++ && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < 4) \
++ { \
++ if (M == QImode) \
++ (UNSIGNEDP) = 1; \
++ else if (M == HImode) \
++ (UNSIGNEDP) = 0; \
++ (M) = SImode; \
++ } \
++ }
++
++#define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE(M, UNSIGNEDP, TYPE) \
++ PROMOTE_MODE(M, UNSIGNEDP, TYPE)
++
++/* Define if operations between registers always perform the operation
++ on the full register even if a narrower mode is specified. */
++#define WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
++
++/* Define if loading in MODE, an integral mode narrower than BITS_PER_WORD
++ will either zero-extend or sign-extend. The value of this macro should
++ be the code that says which one of the two operations is implicitly
++ done, UNKNOWN if not known. */
++#define LOAD_EXTEND_OP(MODE) \
++ (((MODE) == QImode) ? ZERO_EXTEND \
++ : ((MODE) == HImode) ? SIGN_EXTEND : UNKNOWN)
++
++
++/*
++Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
++bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
++regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
++size of an integer.
++*/
++#define PARM_BOUNDARY 32
++
++/*
++Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
++stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the
++desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default
++if PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY is not defined. On most machines,
++this should be the same as PARM_BOUNDARY.
++*/
++#define STACK_BOUNDARY 32
++
++/*
++Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
++stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition
++is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This
++macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
++STACK_BOUNDARY.
++*/
++#define PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY (TARGET_FORCE_DOUBLE_ALIGN ? 64 : 32 )
++
++/*
++Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
++*/
++#define FUNCTION_BOUNDARY 16
++
++/*
++Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in bits.
++*/
++#define BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT (TARGET_FORCE_DOUBLE_ALIGN ? 64 : 32 )
++
++/*
++If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
++object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
++nearby object. Normally, this is BITS_PER_UNIT, but may be larger
++on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
++*/
++#define MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT BITS_PER_UNIT
++
++
++/*
++An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer machine mode that
++should actually be used. All integer machine modes of this size or smaller can be
++used for structures and unions with the appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined,
++GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DImode) is assumed.*/
++#define MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DImode)
++
++
++/*
++If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant
++that is being placed in memory. CONSTANT is the constant and
++BASIC_ALIGN is the alignment that the object would ordinarily
++have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
++align the object.
++
++If this macro is not defined, then BASIC_ALIGN is used.
++
++The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string
++constants to be word aligned so that strcpy calls that copy
++constants can be done inline.
++*/
++#define CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT(CONSTANT, BASIC_ALIGN) \
++ ((TREE_CODE(CONSTANT) == STRING_CST) ? BITS_PER_WORD : BASIC_ALIGN)
++
++/* Try to align string to a word. */
++#define DATA_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGN) \
++ ({(TREE_CODE (TYPE) == ARRAY_TYPE \
++ && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE)) == QImode \
++ && (ALIGN) < BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : (ALIGN));})
++
++/* Try to align local store strings to a word. */
++#define LOCAL_ALIGNMENT(TYPE, ALIGN) \
++ ({(TREE_CODE (TYPE) == ARRAY_TYPE \
++ && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE)) == QImode \
++ && (ALIGN) < BITS_PER_WORD ? BITS_PER_WORD : (ALIGN));})
++
++/*
++Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
++if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
++go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
++*/
++#define STRICT_ALIGNMENT 1
++
++/*
++Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
++alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
++
++The behavior is that the type written for a bit-field (int,
++short, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the
++entire structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary
++field of that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the
++structure so that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a
++boundary for it.
++
++Thus, on most machines, a bit-field whose type is written as int
++would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force four-byte
++alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may not be four
++bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
++
++If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
++a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
++
++Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
++bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
++support such references if there are insv, extv, and
++extzv insns that can directly reference memory.
++
++The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
++STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY as large as BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT.
++Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
++
++Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
++STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY that way, you must define
++PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS to have a nonzero value.
++
++If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
++bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
++what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
++
++struct foo1
++{
++ char x;
++ char :0;
++ char y;
++};
++
++struct foo2
++{
++ char x;
++ int :0;
++ char y;
++};
++
++main ()
++{
++ printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
++ sizeof (struct foo1));
++ printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
++ sizeof (struct foo2));
++ exit (0);
++}
++
++If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
++get from PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS.
++*/
++#define PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS 1
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Layout of Source Language Data Types
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type int on the
++target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
++*/
++#define INT_TYPE_SIZE 32
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type short on the
++target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word. (If
++this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one unit.)
++*/
++#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE 16
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type long on the
++target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
++*/
++#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE 32
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type long long on the
++target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
++words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
++macro must be at least 64.
++*/
++#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE 64
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the type char on the
++target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
++BITS_PER_UNIT.
++*/
++#define CHAR_TYPE_SIZE 8
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type bool and
++C99 type _Bool on the target machine. If you don't define
++this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is CHAR_TYPE_SIZE.
++*/
++#define BOOL_TYPE_SIZE 8
++
++
++/*
++An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
++char should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
++always override this default with the options -fsigned-char
++and -funsigned-char.
++*/
++/* We are using unsigned char */
++#define DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR 0
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
++for size values. The typedef name size_t is defined using the
++contents of the string.
++
++The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
++spaces, and write first any length keyword, then unsigned if
++appropriate, and finally int. The string must exactly match one
++of the data type names defined in the function
++init_decl_processing in the file c-decl.c. You may not
++omit int or change the order - that would cause the compiler to
++crash on startup.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is "long unsigned int".
++*/
++#define SIZE_TYPE "long unsigned int"
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
++for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
++ptrdiff_t is defined using the contents of the string. See
++SIZE_TYPE above for more information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is "long int".
++*/
++#define PTRDIFF_TYPE "long int"
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
++characters. This is used in cpp, which cannot make use of
++WCHAR_TYPE.
++*/
++#define WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE 32
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
++use for wide characters passed to printf and returned from
++getwc. The typedef name wint_t is defined using the
++contents of the string. See SIZE_TYPE above for more
++information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is "unsigned int".
++*/
++#define WINT_TYPE "unsigned int"
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
++can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
++The typedef name intmax_t is defined using the contents of the
++string. See SIZE_TYPE above for more information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
++"int", "long int", or "long long int" that has as
++much precision as long long int.
++*/
++#define INTMAX_TYPE "long long int"
++
++/*
++A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
++can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
++type. The typedef name uintmax_t is defined using the contents
++of the string. See SIZE_TYPE above for more information.
++
++If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
++"unsigned int", "long unsigned int", or "long long unsigned int"
++that has as much precision as long long unsigned int.
++*/
++#define UINTMAX_TYPE "long long unsigned int"
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Register Usage
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/* Convert from gcc internal register number to register number
++ used in assembly code */
++#define ASM_REGNUM(reg) (LAST_REGNUM - (reg))
++
++/* Convert between register number used in assembly to gcc
++ internal register number */
++#define INTERNAL_REGNUM(reg) (LAST_REGNUM - (reg))
++
++/** Basic Characteristics of Registers **/
++
++/*
++Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
++numbers 0 through FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1; thus, the first
++pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
++FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER.
++*/
++#define FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER (LAST_REGNUM + 1)
++
++#define FIRST_REGNUM 0
++#define LAST_REGNUM 15
++
++/*
++An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
++all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
++general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
++pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
++register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
++machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
++and any other numbered register with a standard use.
++
++This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
++commas and surrounded by braces. The nth number is 1 if
++register n is fixed, 0 otherwise.
++
++The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
++the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
++by the actions of the macro CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE, or by
++the user with the command options -ffixed-[reg],
++-fcall-used-[reg] and -fcall-saved-[reg].
++*/
++
++/* The internal gcc register numbers are reversed
++ compared to the real register numbers since
++ gcc expects data types stored over multiple
++ registers in the register file to be big endian
++ if the memory layout is big endian. But this
++ is not the case for avr32 so we fake a big
++ endian register file. */
++
++#define FIXED_REGISTERS { \
++ 1, /* Program Counter */ \
++ 0, /* Link Register */ \
++ 1, /* Stack Pointer */ \
++ 0, /* r12 */ \
++ 0, /* r11 */ \
++ 0, /* r10 */ \
++ 0, /* r9 */ \
++ 0, /* r8 */ \
++ 0, /* r7 */ \
++ 0, /* r6 */ \
++ 0, /* r5 */ \
++ 0, /* r4 */ \
++ 0, /* r3 */ \
++ 0, /* r2 */ \
++ 0, /* r1 */ \
++ 0, /* r0 */ \
++}
++
++/*
++Like FIXED_REGISTERS but has 1 for each register that is
++clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
++registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
++available for general allocation of values that must live across
++function calls.
++
++If a register has 0 in CALL_USED_REGISTERS, the compiler
++automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
++exit, if the register is used within the function.
++*/
++#define CALL_USED_REGISTERS { \
++ 1, /* Program Counter */ \
++ 0, /* Link Register */ \
++ 1, /* Stack Pointer */ \
++ 1, /* r12 */ \
++ 1, /* r11 */ \
++ 1, /* r10 */ \
++ 1, /* r9 */ \
++ 1, /* r8 */ \
++ 0, /* r7 */ \
++ 0, /* r6 */ \
++ 0, /* r5 */ \
++ 0, /* r4 */ \
++ 0, /* r3 */ \
++ 0, /* r2 */ \
++ 0, /* r1 */ \
++ 0, /* r0 */ \
++}
++
++/* Interrupt functions can only use registers that have already been
++ saved by the prologue, even if they would normally be
++ call-clobbered. */
++#define HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK(SRC, DST) \
++ (! IS_INTERRUPT (cfun->machine->func_type) || \
++ df_regs_ever_live_p (DST))
++
++
++/*
++Zero or more C statements that may conditionally modify five variables
++fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
++reg_names, and reg_class_contents, to take into account
++any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three
++of these are of type char [] (interpreted as Boolean vectors).
++global_regs is a const char *[], and
++reg_class_contents is a HARD_REG_SET. Before the macro is
++called, fixed_regs, call_used_regs,
++reg_class_contents, and reg_names have been initialized
++from FIXED_REGISTERS, CALL_USED_REGISTERS,
++REG_CLASS_CONTENTS, and REGISTER_NAMES, respectively.
++global_regs has been cleared, and any -ffixed-[reg],
++-fcall-used-[reg] and -fcall-saved-[reg]
++command options have been applied.
++
++You need not define this macro if it has no work to do.
++
++If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target
++flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify
++fixed_regs and call_used_regs to 1 for each of the
++registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC. Also define
++the macro REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER to return NO_REGS if it
++is called with a letter for a class that shouldn't be used.
++
++ (However, if this class is not included in GENERAL_REGS and all
++of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are
++controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using
++these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)
++*/
++#define CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE \
++ do \
++ { \
++ if (flag_pic) \
++ { \
++ fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1; \
++ call_used_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1; \
++ } \
++ } \
++ while (0)
++
++
++/*
++If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
++register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
++*/
++
++#define LAST_AVR32_REGNUM 16
++
++
++/** Order of Allocation of Registers **/
++
++/*
++If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
++numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
++to use them (from most preferred to least).
++
++If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
++(all else being equal).
++
++One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
++registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
++instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
++machines, define REG_ALLOC_ORDER to be an initializer that lists
++the highest numbered allocable register first.
++*/
++#define REG_ALLOC_ORDER \
++{ \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(8), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(9), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(10), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(11), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(12), \
++ LR_REGNUM, \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(7), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(6), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(5), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(4), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(3), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(2), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(1), \
++ INTERNAL_REGNUM(0), \
++ SP_REGNUM, \
++ PC_REGNUM \
++}
++
++
++/** How Values Fit in Registers **/
++
++/*
++A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting
++at register number REGNO, required to hold a value of mode
++MODE.
++
++On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable
++definition of this macro is
++
++#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
++ ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) \
++ / UNITS_PER_WORD)
++*/
++#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE) \
++ ((unsigned int)((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD -1 ) / UNITS_PER_WORD))
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value
++of mode MODE in hard register number REGNO (or in several
++registers starting with that one). For a machine where all registers
++are equivalent, a suitable definition is
++
++ #define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
++
++You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,
++because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.
++
++On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd
++register pairs. You can implement that by defining this macro to reject
++odd register numbers for such modes.
++
++The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
++mov[mode] instruction pattern support moves between the
++register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a
++value into the register and back out not alter it.
++
++Since the same instruction used to move word_mode will work for
++all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK to distinguish between these modes, provided
++you define patterns movhi, etc., to take advantage of this. This
++is useful because of the interaction between HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
++and MODES_TIEABLE_P; it is very desirable for all integer modes
++to be tieable.
++
++Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
++Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
++in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that
++can hold integers can safely hold a floating point machine
++mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
++registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
++
++On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine
++modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating
++registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a
++non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK should reject fixed-point machine modes in
++floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically
++normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
++unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating
++register, so you can define this macro to say so.
++
++The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
++they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
++instructions. However, this is of no concern to
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK. You handle it by writing the proper
++constraints for those instructions.
++
++On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,
++so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
++register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the
++floating registers are not in class GENERAL_REGS, they will not
++be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
++*/
++#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) avr32_hard_regno_mode_ok(REGNO, MODE)
++
++/*
++A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode
++MODE1 is accessible in mode MODE2 without copying.
++
++If HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(R, MODE1) and
++HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(R, MODE2) are always the same for
++any R, then MODES_TIEABLE_P(MODE1, MODE2)
++should be nonzero. If they differ for any R, you should define
++this macro to return zero unless some other mechanism ensures the
++accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.
++
++You should define this macro to return nonzero in as many cases as
++possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register
++allocation.
++*/
++#define MODES_TIEABLE_P(MODE1, MODE2) \
++ (GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE1) == GET_MODE_CLASS (MODE2))
++
++
++
++/******************************************************************************
++ * Register Classes
++ *****************************************************************************/
++
++/*
++An enumeral type that must be defined with all the register class names
++as enumeral values. NO_REGS must be first. ALL_REGS
++must be the last register class, followed by one more enumeral value,
++LIM_REG_CLASSES, which is not a register class but rather
++tells how many classes there are.
++
++Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
++the class name to type int. The number serves as an index
++in many of the tables described below.
++*/
++enum reg_class
++{
++ NO_REGS,
++ GENERAL_REGS,
++ ALL_REGS,
++ LIM_REG_CLASSES
++};
++
++/*
++The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
++ #define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
++*/
++#define N_REG_CLASSES (int)LIM_REG_CLASSES
++
++/*
++An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
++constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
++*/
++#define REG_CLASS_NAMES \
++{ \
++ "NO_REGS", \
++ "GENERAL_REGS", \
++ "ALL_REGS" \
++}
++
++/*
++An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
++which are bit masks. The nth integer specifies the contents of class
++n. The way the integer mask is interpreted is that
++register r is in the class if mask & (1 << r) is 1.
++
++When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
++Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
++several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
++for the type HARD_REG_SET which is defined in hard-reg-set.h.
++In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
++registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
++so on.
++*/
++#define REG_CLASS_CONTENTS { \
++ {0x00000000}, /* NO_REGS */ \
++ {0x0000FFFF}, /* GENERAL_REGS */ \
++ {0x7FFFFFFF}, /* ALL_REGS */ \
++}
++
++
++/*
++A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
++REGNO. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
++which is minimal, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
++register.
++*/
++#define REGNO_REG_CLASS(REGNO) (GENERAL_REGS)
++
++/*
++A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
++base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
++which is the register value plus a displacement.
++*/
++#define BASE_REG_CLASS GENERAL_REGS
++
++/*
++This is a variation of the BASE_REG_CLASS macro which allows
++the selection of a base register in a mode depenedent manner. If
++mode is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
++BASE_REG_CLASS.
++*/
++#define MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS(MODE) BASE_REG_CLASS
++
++/*
++A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
++index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
++address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
++added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
++*/
++#define INDEX_REG_CLASS BASE_REG_CLASS
++
++/*
++A C expression which defines the machine-dependent operand constraint
++letters for register classes. If CHAR is such a letter, the
++value should be the register class corresponding to it. Otherwise,
++the value should be NO_REGS. The register letter r,
++corresponding to class GENERAL_REGS, will not be passed
++to this macro; you do not need to handle it.
++*/
++#define REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER(CHAR) NO_REGS
++
++/* These assume that REGNO is a hard or pseudo reg number.
++ They give nonzero only if REGNO is a hard reg of the suitable class
++ or a pseudo reg currently allocated to a suitable hard reg.
++ Since they use reg_renumber, they are safe only once reg_renumber
++ has been allocated, which happens in local-alloc.c. */
++#define TEST_REGNO(R, TEST, VALUE) \
++ ((R TEST VALUE) || ((unsigned) reg_renumber[R] TEST VALUE))
++
++/*
++A C expression which is nonzero if register number num is suitable for use as a base
++register in operand addresses. It may be either a suitable hard register or a pseudo
++register that has been allocated such a hard register.
++*/
++#define REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P(NUM) TEST_REGNO(NUM, <=, LAST_REGNUM)
++
++/* The following macro defines cover classes for Integrated Register
++ Allocator. Cover classes is a set of non-intersected register
++ classes covering all hard registers used for register allocation
++ purpose. Any move between two registers of a cover class should be
++ cheaper than load or store of the registers. The macro value is
++ array of register classes with LIM_REG_CLASSES used as the end
++ marker. */
++
++#define IRA_COVER_CLASSES \
++{ \
++ GENERAL_REGS, LIM_REG_CLASSES \
++}
++
++/*
++A C expression which is nonzero if register number NUM is
++suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
++either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
++allocated such a hard register.
++
++The difference between an index register and a base register is that
++the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
++two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
++labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
++labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
++may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
++looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
++only if neither labeling works.
++*/
++#define REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P(NUM) TEST_REGNO(NUM, <=, LAST_REGNUM)
++
++/*
++A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
++to use when it is necessary to copy value X into a register in class
++CLASS. The value is a register class; perhaps CLASS, or perhaps
++another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
++safe: #define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
++
++Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
++example, on the 68000, when X is an integer constant that is in range
++for a 'moveq' instruction, the value of this macro is always
++DATA_REGS as long as CLASS includes the data registers.
++Requiring a data register guarantees that a 'moveq' will be used.
++
++If X is a const_double, by returning NO_REGS
++you can force X into a memory constant. This is useful on
++certain machines where immediate floating values cannot be loaded into
++certain kinds of registers.
++*/
++#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X, CLASS) CLASS
++
++
++
++/*
++A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
++of class CLASS needed to hold a value of mode MODE.
++
++This is closely related to the macro HARD_REGNO_NREGS. In fact,
++the value of the macro CLASS_MAX_NREGS(CLASS, MODE)
++should be the maximum value of HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE)
++for all REGNO values in the class CLASS.
++
++This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
++in the reload pass.
++*/
++#define CLASS_MAX_NREGS(CLASS, MODE) /* ToDo:fixme */ \
++ (unsigned int)((GET_MODE_SIZE(MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
++
++
++/*
++ Using CONST_OK_FOR_CONSTRAINT_P instead of CONS_OK_FOR_LETTER_P
++ in order to support constraints with more than one letter.
++ Only two letters are then used for constant constraints,
++ the letter 'K' and the letter 'I'. The constraint starting with
++ these letters must consist of four characters. The character following
++ 'K' or 'I' must be either 'u' (unsigned) or 's' (signed) to specify
++ if the constant is zero or sign extended. The last two characters specify
++ the length in bits of the constant. The base constraint letter 'I' means
++ that this is an negated constant, meaning that actually -VAL should be
++ checked to lie withing the valid range instead of VAL which is used when
++ 'K' is the base constraint letter.
++
++*/
++
++#define CONSTRAINT_LEN(C, STR) \
++ ( ((C) == 'K' || (C) == 'I') ? 4 : \
++ ((C) == 'R') ? 5 : \
++ ((C) == 'P') ? -1 : &n
projects / openwrt / openwrt.git / commitdiff